2 0 1 9

SECONDARY 1
Express Exam Paper

Science
1 Assumption 2019 SA2
2 Bartley 2019 SA2
SA2
3 Boon Lay 2019 SA2
4 Braodrick 2019
20019 SA2
5 East Spring
Spri
ing 2019
2019 SA2
6 Hougang
g 2019
2019 SA2
7 Bedok
k View
Vie
ew 2018
2018 SA1
8 Bendemeer
Bendemeer 2018
2018 SA1
9 Deyi
Deyi 2018
201
18 SA1
10 Jurong
Jurong West
West 2018 SA1
11 Manjusri
Manjusri 2018 SA1
12 Unity
Uni
ity 2018 SA1

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
1
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
2
Name: ……………………………………………………… ( ) Class: ……………

ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL

END OF YEAR EXAMINATION 2019

LOWER SECONDARY SCIENCE

BOOKLET A

ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL

LEVEL: Sec 1 Express DATE: 8 October 2019

CLASS(ES): Sec 1/1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/5 (SBB) DURATION: 2 hours

(For booklets A and B)
Additional Materials provided: 1 sheet of OAS paper

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Do not open this booklet until you are told to do so.

Write your NAME, INDEX NUMBER and CLASS at the top of this page and on the OAS paper.
Shade your index number on the OAS paper.

This paper consists of three sections.

Booklet A : Section A - Multiple-Choice Questions
Booklet B : Section B - Short Structured Questions
Section C - Long Structured Questions

SECTION A (30 marks)

Multiple-Choice Questions
There are 30 questions in this section. Answer all questions. For each question, there are
four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the correct answer and record your choice
in soft or 2B pencil on the OAS paper provided. DO NOT fold or bend the OAS paper.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on the last page of Booklet B.

At the end of the examination, hand in your OAS paper, Booklets A and B separately.

This Question Paper consists of 15 printed pages including this page.

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
3
 2

SECTION A: Multiple-Choice Questions (30 marks)

There are thirty questions in this section. Answer ALL questions. For each question,
there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider correct
and record your choice on the OAS paper in soft pencil.

1 Which statement(s) is / are true?

I Advancements in science are always beneficial to society.

II Science is the study of our physical world.
III Scientific knowledge is derived from observations.
IV We use instruments to help us make accurate measurements.

A I and II only
B III and IV only
C II, III and IV only
D all of the above

2 The following symbols were found on a bottle of reagent.

Which of the following does / do not show the safety precaution(s) that should
be taken when using this reagent?

I Do not leave it near an open flame.

II Using a stopper to seal the reagent after use to prevent vapours
from escaping in to the surrounding.
III Use special protective gear during handling.

A I only
B I and III only
C II and III only
D III only

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
4
 3

3 Jordan noticed that after several rounds of washing, some of his T-shirts
shrank in size.

He then conducted a scientific investigation.

I Jordan measured the size of the T-shirts after the wash and recorded
them in a table.

II Jordan concluded that cotton results in greater shrinkage.

III Jordan chose two T-shirts, made up of cotton and polyester respectively,
and washed them under the same conditions.
IV Jordan predicted that the materials of the T-shirts affect whether they
would shrink in size after washing.

Which of the following correctly corresponds with the key elements of the
scientific method?

formulating carrying out

collecting data interpreting data
hypothesis experiment
A II III I IV
B III I IV II
C IV III I II
D IV I III II

4 The diagram below shows the reading for the length of an object measured by a
vernier caliper, with its vernier scale V placed against the main scale S.

0 5 10 V

7 8 S

What is the reading shown?

A 7.23 cm B 7.26 cm
C 7.33 cm D 7.36 cm

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
5
 4

5 Which diagram is the correct scientific drawing for a conical flask?

A B

C D

6 The air-hole of a Bunsen burner can be opened or closed to obtain two types
of flame. The colours of the flame are labelled in the diagram below.

W X

dark blue dark blue

flame of a Bunsen flame of a Bunsen

burner with the air- burner with the air-hole
hole opened closed
Which option correctly states the colours of W and X?

W X
A blue blue
B blue orange
C orange blue
D orange orange

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
6
 5

7 The table below shows a scratch test carried out for bronze, zinc, iron and
titanium.
If substance X scratches substance Y and a scratch mark is left on substance
Y, a tick (3) is put in the box. Otherwise, a cross (2) is put in the box.

Y
bronze zinc iron titanium
X

bronze 3 2 2

zinc 2 2 2

iron 3 3 2

titanium 3 3 3

Arrange the substances according to increasing hardness.

A titanium, iron, bronze, zinc

B titanium, zinc, iron, bronze zinc, iron, bronze, titanium
C zinc, bronze, iron, titanium
D zinc, iron, bronze, titanium

8 The diagram shows some liquid in a measuring cylinder. What is the volume of
the liquid?
cm3
57

56

55

A 55.8 cm3
B 55.9 cm3
C 56.0 cm3
D 56.1 cm3

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
7
 6

9 A student has to find the volume of the cork by using a measuring cylinder. The
cork floats, so he uses a stone to keep it under the water. He then measures
the volume of the stone. The results for each stage of the experiment are shown.

48.5 cm3
41.5 cm3

23.5 cm3
3
20 cm

water water and cork water, cork, and water and stone
stone

What is the volume of the cork?

A 3.5 cm3 B 7.0 cm3

C 18.0 cm3 D 21.5 cm3

10 A student drops six identical aluminium balls, each of mass 27 g, into a

measuring cylinder containing water.
The diagram below shows the measuring cylinder before and after adding the
balls.
before after

110 cm3

50 cm3
water

What is the density of the aluminium balls?

A 0.4 g/cm3 B 2.7 g/cm3

C 60 g/cm3 D 162 g/cm3

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
8
 7

11 At which position should the student be taking the reading so as to avoid

parallax error?

D
C
B

12 Which property is the reason why tungsten is a suitable material for a filament
in a light bulb?

A flexibility
B hardness
C melting point
D strength

13 Tyres are made of ……………. as it is …………….. and can withstand high

temperature and friction.

A plastic, less dense than water

B metal, malleable
C rubber, elastic
D metal, malleable

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
9
 8

14 Which diagram shows a mixture of two different elements?

A I only
B I and II only
C III and IV only
D all of the above

15 Decomposition occurs when sugar is heated to form carbon and water vapour.
Which statement about decomposition is true?

A Compounds are broken down into simpler substances.

B Compounds combine to form new compounds.
C Elements are broken down into simpler substances.
D Elements combine to form compounds.

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
10
 9

16 A mixture containing two types of sugar is analysed using chromatography and

compared against four other types of sugar. The result is shown below.

mixture sugar sugar sugar sugar

1 2 3 4

Which two sugars does the mixture contain?

A 1 and 2 B 1 and 4
C 2 and 4 D 3 and 4

17 Rice is an important part of the diet to people in some countries, which supplies
the body with the nutrient carbohydrate. There are many types of rice and the
existence of this variety is important.

Which is not one of the reasons why a variety in rice is important?

A Different rice crops can be grown in different climates.

B Different rice crops can be grown in different types of soil.
C Some rice crops are pest-resistant and these crops help to prevent the rice
species from being wiped out.
D Humans can pick the type of nutrients they want.

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
11
 10

18 A student wants to construct a dichotomous key to classify the different plants

that can be found in garden.

Which question should he ask when classifying them?

I Are there organisms living on each plant?

II Do the leaves have smooth or jagged edge?
III How many leaves does each plant have?
IV How many types of plants are there in the garden?

A I and II only
B II and III only
C I, II and III only
D II, III and IV only

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
12
 11

Use the dichotomous key below to answer questions 19 and 20.

Ezekiel studies a black organism that has a long, tubular, and segmented body.
This organism moves using its multiple legs attached to each segment of its body.

19 What is the identity of this organism?

A centipede
B leech
C slug
D spider

20 Which statement is correct about both spiders and ticks?

A They both have spinnerets.

B They both have tails.
C They are arachnids.
D They are insects.

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
13
 12

21 A tiger invaded a village near a forest.

Which are possible causes of this incident?

I The tigers were over-hunted.

II The tigers no longer had a source of food.
III The natural habitat of the tigers was destroyed.
IV The tigers were infected by a type of bacteria.

A I and II only
B II and III only
C III and IV only
D all of the above

22 The brain is an organ because …………………….

A it has different tissues working together.

B It has different organelles working together.
C it has different types of cells working together.
D it is part of the nervous system.

23 Division of labour in an organism is important because ……………….

A cells in multicellular organisms have specific functions.

B cells performing similar functions group together to form tissues.
C the nucleus controls the activities in the cell.
D work is broken down into specific tasks for maximum efficiency.

24 An amoeba had its nucleus removed. For several days, it continued to move
and feed but it did not reproduce. A normal amoeba reproduced twice in that
time. What conclusion can be drawn using the information given?

A The nucleus is necessary for cell growth.

B The nucleus is necessary for reproduction.
C The nucleus is necessary for the release of energy.
D The nucleus is the site for chemical reactions in the cell.

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
14
 13

Use the image below to answer questions 25 and 26.

Scientists discovered a new organism, A, living in the depth of a pond. The

labelled image below shows organism A.

flagellum

chloroplast
nucleus

cytoplasm

25 Which statement is correct about organism A?

A Organism A is an animal cell as it does not have a cell wall.

B Organism A is a plant cell as it possesses chloroplast only.
C Organism A is a plant cell as it possesses cytoplasm and a nucleus.
D Organism A is an animal cell because it has a flagellum.

26 Which part of organism A is the site of many chemical reactions?

A chloroplast
B cytoplasm
C flagellum
D nucleus

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
15
 14

27 Which diagram represents the arrangement of particles during the process of

condensation?

28 Which row shows the correct relative charges of the sub-atomic particles of
an atom?

proton neutron electron

A –1 0 +1
B 0 +1 –1
C +1 0 –1
D +1 –1 0

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
16
 15

29 In the experimental set-up shown below, Alice looks through a U-shaped hollow
tube while David looks through a straight hollow tube. Both hollow tubes are at
the same short distance away from a candle flame.

Which statement about the set-up above is correct?

A Both Alice and David can see the candle flame.

B Both Alice and David cannot see the candle flame.
C Only Alice can see the candle flame.
D Only David can see the candle flame.

30 When a green object is illuminated by a coloured light it appears black.

Which colour could the light be?

A cyan B green
C yellow D red

- END OF BOOKLET A -

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
17
 Name: ............................................................. ( ) Class: ..........

ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL

END OF YEAR EXAMINATION 2019

LOWER SECONDARY SCIENCE

BOOKLET B

ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL

LEVEL: Sec 1 Express DATE: 8 October 2019

CLASS(ES): Sec 1/1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/5 (SBB) DURATION: 2 hours

(For booklets A and B)
Additional Materials provided: NIL

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Do not open this booklet until you are told to do so.

Write your NAME, INDEX NUMBER and CLASS at the top of this page This paper consists of 2
sections.

SECTION B (40 marks) For Examiner’s use:

Short Structured Questions
Answer all questions. Write your answers in the spaces Section A / 30
provided on the question paper.
Section B / 40
SECTION C (30 marks)
Long Structured Questions Section C / 30
Answer all questions. Write your answers in the spaces
Total / 100
provided on the question paper.

At the end of the examination, hand in your OAS paper, Booklets A and B separately.

This Question Paper consists of 16 printed pages including this page.

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
18
 2

Section B: Short Structured Questions (40 marks)

Answer ALL the questions and show all workings clearly in the spaces provided.

1 Caleb carried out an experiment to find out the relationship between the mass of a
ball and how fast it falls from a height.

The results of the experiment are shown in the table below.

mass of height it is dropped time taken to

experiment
ball / kg from / m reach ground / s

A 0.5 1 0.252
B 1.0 1 0.252
C 1.5 1 0.252
D 2.0 1 0.252

(a) Identify the variables in the experiment:

(i) the independent variable,

………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(ii) the dependent variable,

………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(iii) the constant variable.

………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(b) Suggest a conclusion Caleb can make with the results of this experiment.

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
19
 3

(c) Suggest two equipment that Caleb need in order to conduct his experiment as
accurately as possible. Indicate clearly the variable that the equipment
measures.

Equipment Measured Variable

[2]

2 The table below shows the atomic number and mass number of six atoms of
elements, represented by the letters P to U. The letters are not the symbols of the
elements.

atom P Q R S T U
atomic
1 3 7 9 13
number
mass
1 19 27 40
number
No. of
1 3 7 18
electrons
No. of
4 8 10 14 22
neutrons

(a) Complete the table above. [3]

(b) Use the letters P to U to answer the following questions. You may use the letter
once, more than once, or not at all.

State the atom(s) with

(i) with 8 electrons in its outermost shell,

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) which are metallic elements,

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
20
 4

(iii) the same electronic configuration as a fluorine atom,

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(iv) which combines with oxygen to form water.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(c) Comparing protons, electrons, and neutrons, which subatomic particles have
the lowest mass?

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(d) Draw the electronic configuration of atom R in the box below.

[2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
21
 5

3 (a) Drinking water can be obtained from treatment of used muddy water.
The figure below shows a filter tank used in the first stage of the purification
process.
impure water

stones
sand
water out

(i) Explain how the filter is used to purify water.

……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(ii) Suggest one improvement that can be made to the design of the filter tank
so as to improve the quality of filtration.

……………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(b) After passing through the filter tank, the filtrate may be subjected to reverse
osmosis and microfiltration. The figure below shows the process of reverse
osmosis.

Pure Water

Salt
Water
Fresh
Semi- Water
Permeable
Membrane

Dissolved salts

(i) State what happens to the amount of dissolved salts as it passed

through the semi-permeable membrane.

……………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
22
 6

(ii) State the function of reverse osmosis.

……………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(iii) The figure below shows the partially permeable membrane used in the
process of microfiltration.
partially
permeable dissolved
membrane chemical
solids salts molecules
micro-organisms

movement of water

Explain why only chemical molecules and dissolved salts are able to
pass through the partially permeable membrane.

....................................................................................................................

……………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
23
 7

4 The following apparatus was set up to separate the contents of an unknown solution.

thermometer

water out
X

round-bottomed
flask
unknown boiling
solution chips
water in beaker
heat
Y

(a) State the separation technique above.

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(b) Identify apparatus X and liquid Y.

X: ………………………..

Y: ……………………….. [2]

(c) State the function of boiling chips.

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(d) During the process of separation, the thermometer indicated a temperature of

100°C. Suggest the identity of the solvent and justify your answer.

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
24
 8

(e) Coca Cola is a concentrated sugar solution. Predict what would happen if the
unknown solution is replaced with Coca Cola. Explain your answer.

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [2]

5 To observe onion cells, a student peeled off the epidermis of an onion and placed
under a microscope. He then drew his observations in the form of a cell model and
labelled its parts as A, B, C, D and E.

A
B
C
D

(a) Name the parts labelled A, B, C, D, and E.

A: ………………………..

B: ………………………..

C: ………………………..

D: ………………………..

E: ……………………….. [5]

(b) (i) State the function of the part labelled D of the cell.

…………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]
.

(ii) State the property of part D that allows it to perform its function.

……………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
25
 9

(c) Part B contains materials that control heredity. Identify the materials in part B.

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(d) Predict what would happen to the cell of the onion epidermis if part A was
removed.

………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
26
 10

Section C: Long Structured Questions (30 marks)

Answer all the questions and show all workings clearly in the spaces provided.

1 Sodium chloride, also known as table salt, is a compound with a melting point of
801 °C and a boiling point of 1465 °C. It is found in large quantities in seawater.

In an experiment, solid sodium chloride is heated strongly to a maximum

temperature of 1500 °C. The solid first melted and turns into a liquid before
vaporising. The heating curve of the experiment is documented in the diagram
below.

temperature (°C)

E
D
Y
C
B
X

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
time (mins)
(a) (i) Name the physical states of the substance in the regions B and C.

B: ………………………………………………………

C: ……………………………………………………… [2]

(ii) State the values of X and Y.

X: ………………………………………………………

Y: ……………………………………………………… [2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
27
 11

(b) Using the Kinetic Particulate Theory of matter, describe the arrangement and
movement of particles in region E.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(c) State and explain what happens to the state of sodium chloride as the heating
curve remains constant in region D.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(d) The picture below shows a technique of how sodium chloride is obtained from
sea water.

sea water

bunsen burner

(i) Name the technique.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) State the residue that remains after the process is performed.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
28
 12

2 The table below shows some information of substances commonly used in food. Use
the information to answer the questions that follow.

substance uses and explanation

Baking powder contains sodium hydrogen carbonate

(NaHCO 3 ). Upon heating, it decomposes to form solid sodium
carbonate (Na 2 CO 3 ), water vapour and carbon dioxide. Baking
baking powder powder is added in bread and cake dough as the carbon dioxide
produced will create holes in the dough, making it expand and
fluffy.

Capsaicin is the substance in chilli pepper that causes the

burning sensation on the tongue. The nerve receptors on the
tongue can detect very small amount of capsaicin. Capsaicin is
insoluble in water but is soluble in milk and vegetable oil. The
structure of capsaicin is shown below.

capsaicin

Bananas turn brown after some time as it contains a hormone

that triggers the release of ethene gas. Ethene gas speeds up
the ripening process. The structure of ethene is shown below.

ethene

(a) Using the Periodic Table, name all the elements present in baking powder.

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(b) Write down the chemical formulae for water vapour and carbon dioxide.

water vapour : …………………………………………….

carbon dioxide : ………………………………………… [2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
29
 13

(c) State the number of types of elements and the total number of atoms present
in one molecule of ethene.

number of types of elements : …………………………………..

total number of atoms : ………………………………………... [2]

(d) A hydrocarbon is a compound which contains hydrogen and carbon only.

State the chemical formula of Capsaicin and explain whether it is a hydrocarbon

or not.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(e) After eating a bowl of spicy curry made from chilli peppers, a student drank
water to relieve the burning sensation but it did not help.

Explain why water does not help to relieve the burn caused by capsaicin and
suggest a method that will help to relieve the burning sensation.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
30
 14

3 (a) A periscope is an instrument for making observations over, around or through

an object, obstacle. It is constructed using two inclined plane mirrors.

45 0

mirror

mirror

(i) State the angle of reflection.

………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) By indicating the normal and labelling the incident and reflected ray,
complete the following diagram by drawing the path of a light ray in the
periscope. [2]

(iii) Would the image formed in the two mirrors appear bigger, smaller, or
the same size?

………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
31
 15

(b) A spectrum of seven colours is dispersed when a white light travels through a
prism. The colours emerge out of the prism and is captured on a white screen.
The extreme ends of the spectrum are marked X and Y,

white light white screen

X
prism
Y

(i) By drawing two rays of light splitting from the white light as it enters the
prism and finally ending at points X and Y, complete the ray diagram.
Indicate and label the normal. [3]

(ii) Describe what happens to the speed of white light as it enters the prism.

………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(iii) Identify colours at X and Y.

X is ………………………………. [1]

Y is ………………………………. [1]

-END OF BOOKLET B-

LSS/1E/EOY/19 [Turn over]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
32
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
33
 16

LSS/1E/EOY/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
34
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
35
 ASSUMPTION ENGLISH SCHOOL
Sec 1E EYE Science 2019
Marking Scheme
Section A
Answers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C C D C C B C B B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C C C C A C D D A C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 288 29 30
B A D B A B A C D D

Section B

Qn Solution Marks
Marrks
Ma Remarks
Rema
Remark
marks
rk
1ai Mass of ball B1
B1
1aii Time
me tak
taken
ken
en to reach
rre
eac
ach ground
grou
gr und
nd B1
B1
1aiii Heig
Height
gh
htt it is d
dropped
ropp
pp
ppeed
d ffrom/
rom/ material
ro mate
eri
ria
all of
of the
the ball
th ball
ba B1
B1 Any relevant
etc.
e c..
et answer
1b Ma
Mass
asss of
of balll does
doees not affect
affffe
a ect
ct how
how
w fast
fastt itit falls
fal
alls
ls B1
from
fr
ro m a height.
om hei
eight.
gh
gh
1c Equipment
Eq
Equi
u pment Measured
Mea
Me as
sured
d Variable
Var
aria
iabl
ia blle B2 Accept Measure
height dropped
elec
electronic
ecctr
tron
oniicc m
ma
mass
ss using a metre rule.
balance
balaanncce

Stopwatch
atch time

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
36
2a
atom P Q R S T U

atomic number 1 3 7 9 13 18

mass number 1 7 15 19 27 40

No. of
electrons 1 3 7 9 13 18

No. of
0 4 8 10 14 22
neutrons

3 marks for all correct answers

2 marks for at least 4 correct answers
1 mark for at least 2 correct answers

2bi U B1
B1
2bii T and Q B1
B1
2biii S B
B1
1
2biv P B1
B1
2c electrons B1
2d B2
B2 1 mark for 1st shell
mark for
of valence
valenc
elect
electrons

1 mark for second

shell of valence
electrons

3ai The filter does not allow particles larger than B2 1 mark for “does
the spaces in between stone and sand to pass not allow particles
through, leaving the impurities as residue and larger than the
water as filtrate. spaces/ trapped”

1 mark for
“residue…filtrate”

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
37
3aii Use of extra layer of activated carbon B1 Any other relevant
answer pertaining
to extra layers
3bi Lesser dissolved salts passed through partially B1
permeable membrane
3bii To remove dissolved salts from water B1
3biii The membrane acts as a filter. Dissolved salts B2 1 mark for “small
and chemical molecules are small enough to enough”, 1 mark
pass through the tiny pores of the filter. for “tiny pores”.
4a Distillation B1
4b X: Condenser B2 1 mark each
Y: Distillate
4c To allow the boiling process to occur more B1
1
smoothly.

4d The solvent is water

ater because
be
eca
caus
u e water
wa
wate
t r boils
bo
oili s at B2
B2 1 mark
k for
for
o “water”
“wate
100 degrees Celsius.
m rk for
ma
1 mark fo “water
boils at 100
degrees
d Celsius”
4e
e A black
bllac
ack solid
so
olil d would
wo
ou ulld be fformed
orm
orme
or me ed in
ed n the
the
e round
round B2 1 mark for “black
bottom
bott
botto
tt om
m flask k because
becca au use the
hee ssugar
ug
uga
arr iin
n Coca
Coca C
Co Cola
ola
ola solid”
d
de
eco
compmpos
oses
decomposes e with
witith
h heating.
he
heaattin
ing
g..
1 mark for “sugar
decomposes..”
5a A: cell
cel
elll wa
el w
wall
alll B5 1 mark each
B: nucleus
nuccle
leus
eus
us
C: vacuole
acuole
D: cell me
membrane
embmbrane
E: cytoplasm
lasm

5bi To allow selected particles to move in and out B1

of the cell.
5bii Semi-permeable B1
5c Chromosomes B1
5d The cell would lose its shape. B1

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
38
Section C
Qn Solution Marks Remarks
1ai B: Solid-liquid B2 1 mark each
C: Liquid
1aii X: 801 B2 1 mark each
Y: 1465
1b Particles of gases are arranged randomly at B2 1 mark for
distances far apart, moving freely at high arrangement
speeds 1 mark for
movement
mov
1c In region D, particles gain heat energy to B2 1 ma
m
markr for
overcome forces of attraction instead of raising “overcome
“ove
verco
ve forces
the temperature. of attraction”
attract

1 mark
mark for “instead
“i
of raising the
temperature”
temp
temperature”
mp
1di Evaporation B1
1dii Sodium chloride/
e/ salt B1
2a Sodium, hydrogen,
ydrog
gen, carbon
caarb
bo
on
n and
and
nd oxygen
oxy
xyge
gen B
B2
2 2 mark
m rk for
ma for all
correct
co elements
e
1 mark
ma for at least
2 correct elements
2b
b Wa
W
Water
atte
ateer vapour:
vapo ourur: H 2 O B2 1 mark each
C
Ca
Carbon
arrb
bon
on dioxi
dioxide:
xide
xi de: CO
de C 2
2c N
Numb
Nu
Number
ummb ber
er o off type
ttypes
tyyp s of of eelements:
lem
le meent
nts: 2 B2
Tootta
Totalal number err o
off a
at
tom
oms:
atoms: s: 6
2d C 18 H 2277 NO
NO 3.3. NNot
Noot a hyh
hydrocarbon.
ydrococar
oc arbo
ar bon.
bo B2 1 mark each
2e This
his iis
s because
beca
be ause capsaicin
cappsa
saic
icin
ic n is insoluble
in in water. B2 1 mark each
elie
To relieveeve
ve the
the burning
bururni
ning
ni n sensation,
sen use milk
ad.
instead.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
39
3ai 45° B1
3aii B2 1 mark for correct
Incident path of light with
ray arrows
mirror
1 mark for normal
reflected ray and labels of
incident and
reflected rays
Incident reflected ray
ray
mirror

3aii It would appear the same size

e because
beca
aus
us the
use th
he B1
B
mirrors used are plane mirrors
mirrors.
rs
s.
3bi

normal
no
orm
rma
all
normal
no
n ormal

B3 2 marks for correct

path of rays
1 mark for labelled
normal
3bii Light decreases in speed. B1
3biii X is red. B2 1 mark each
Y is violet.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
40
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
41
Class Register Number Name

BARTLEY SECONDARY SCHOOL

END-OF-YEAR EXAMINATION

SCIENCE
Sec 1 Express
10 Oct 2019
1 hour 30 mins
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Multiple Choice Answer Sheet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, register number and class on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen on both sides of the paper.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Section A (20 marks)

There are twenty questions in this section. Answer all questions. For each question there are four
possible answers, A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and shade your choice in soft pencil on the separate Answer
Sheet.

Section B (30 marks)

Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

Section C (20 marks)

Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 22.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 24.
For Examiner’s Use

Section A

Section B

Section C

Total
70

This document consists of 21 printed pages and 1 blank page.

Set by: NLY [Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
42
 2

Section A (20 marks)

Answer all questions.

For each question, there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the Answer Sheet.

1 Which row describes the colour of luminous flame and the state of the corresponding air hole of
a Bunsen burner?

colour of luminous flame air hole of Bunsen burner

A blue closed

B blue open

C orange closed

D orange open

2 Vitamins A and E are soluble in fats.

What does fat act as when it is used to dissolve Vitamins A and E?

A solute
B solution
C solvent
D suspension

3 Which description shows the change in the movement of the particles and the distance between
each particle during freezing?

movement of particles distance between particles

A faster closer together

B faster further apart

C slower closer together

D slower further apart

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
43
 3

4 Which diagrams show a mixture of two elements?

I II

III IV

A I and II only

B II and III only

C III and IV only

D all of the above

5 The diagram below shows 200 cm3 of liquid in two different containers.

Which property of liquids is shown in the diagram above?

A Liquids can flow.

B Liquids cannot be compressed.

C Liquids do not have fixed shapes.

D Liquids have high densities.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
44
 4

6 The diagram shows the energy pyramid of a food chain.

3 hawks
17 snakes
210 rats
3 000 insects
plants

What is the estimated amount of energy which the snakes will receive, if the plants can provide
100 000 J of energy?

A 10 J

B 100 J

C 1 000 J

D 100 000 J

7 The diagram shows the main parts of a hydroelectric power station.

Which energy change occurs in the generator?

A chemical to kinetic

B electrical to heat

C heat to chemical

D kinetic to electrical

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
45
 5

8 How does a wool sweater keep a person warm?

A Air is trapped in the wool.

B Air passes easily through the wool.

C Wool heats up easily.

D Wool is warm.

9 A swimmer is suspected to have consumed a banned drug to improve his performance in a

swimming competition. His urine sample was taken and sent for testing in the laboratory using
paper chromatography.

The chromatograms of the pure drug and his urine sample are tested with two different
solvents, alcohol and water and are shown below.

× × × ×
drug urine drug urine
sample sample sample sample

alcohol as solvent water as solvent

Which statement about the results is true?

A Both tests show that he consumed the banned drug.

B Both tests show that he did not consume the banned drug.

C The test using alcohol as solvent shows that he consumed the banned drug, but not the
test using water as solvent.

D The test using water as solvent shows that he consumed the banned drug, but not the
test using alcohol as solvent.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
46
 6

10 Which apparatus are needed for evaporation of salt solution?

I II III

A I and II only

B I and III only

C II and III only

D all of the above

11 Potassium permanganate is a disinfectant and has a chemical formula of KMnO 4 .

How many elements does potassium permanganate have?

A 3

B 4

C 6

D 7

12 Which organism is not a decomposer?

A bacteria

B earthworm

C fungi

D virus

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
47
 7

13 Given that each small square has a side of 2 cm, what is the approximate area of the leaf
below?

2 cm

2 cm

A 27 cm2

B 41 cm2

C 82 cm2

D 164 cm2

14 A boy wants to measure the internal diameter of a beaker and decides to use a Vernier
calipers. The figure below shows the reading of the Vernier calipers.

3 4

What is the appropriate jaws to use and the correct reading of the Vernier calipers?

jaws reading

A inside jaws 3.14 cm

B inside jaws 3.22 cm

C outside jaws 3.14 cm

D outside jaws 3.22 cm

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
48
 8

Refer to the text below to answer questions 15 and 16.

Corals need sunlight to survive as they have a symbiotic relationship with photosynthetic algae.
These algae provide the corals with oxygen and in turn, the corals provide the algae with shelter and
raw materials for photosynthesis.

In recent years, corals are being threatened by warming of the sea due to global warming. In addition,
increased soil erosion has resulted in high amount of suspended particles causing waters to be cloudy.
These threats have resulted in mass destruction of coral reefs.

15 What type of symbiotic relationship do the corals have with the photosynthetic algae?

A commensalism

B mutualism

C parasitism

D predation

16 Which abiotic factor is responsible for the mass destruction of the coral reefs?

A air

B humidity

C soil

D water

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
49
 9

17 Fig. 17.1 is a cuboid of length 2 cm by 3 cm by 4 cm that is placed in a measuring cylinder filled

initially with some water as shown in Fig. 17.2 below.

3 cm
2 cm
4 cm
initial water level
Fig. 17.1 Fig. 17.2

What will be the final water level in the measuring cylinder after the cuboid is placed inside?

A 38 cm3

B 42 cm3

C 62 cm3

D 66 cm3

18 In a particular ecosystem, squirrels make up a large portion of the diet of coyotes. As a result of
a fatal disease, the squirrel population begins to reduce over a period of months.

Which graph best represents the expected changes in population size of the coyotes and the
squirrels?
A B

C D

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
50
 10

Refer to the following classification key for questions 19 and 20.

vertebrate

P
Q R
myna penguin whale
S
bat
T
lion cow

19 At which interval does division of vertebrates into mammals and birds occur?

A P

B Q

C S

D T

20 Which description shows the correct division at interval R?

A Those that are big in size and those that are small in size.

B Those that fly and those that do not fly.

C Those that lay eggs and those that give birth to their young alive.

D Those that live in water and those that live on land.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
51
 11

Section B (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 The picture below shows two boys performing an experiment in a Science laboratory.

State two safety rules they should have observed.

1 ………………………………………………………………………..………………………

……..…………………………………………………………………………………………

2 ………………………………………………………………………..………………………

……..…………………………………………………………………………………………

[2]
2 Fig. 2.1 shows part of the Periodic Table.

I II III IV V VI VII 0
Z
J X
M
L Q
R

Fig. 2.1

Use the letters J, L, M, Q, R, X and Z to answer the following questions.

(a) Which elements are metals?

[1]
…………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) State the group and period number of element X.

Group ………………………

Period ……………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
52
 12

3 Lesti picked up some leaves during a nature walk at Bidadari Park. Upon reaching
school, he set out to investigate the density of a leaf he found.

He measured the mass of a dish and the mass of the dish with the leaf on it using the
electronic balance as shown in Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2 respectively.

He then measured the volume of the leaf to be 0.50 cm3.

Fig. 3.1 Fig. 3.2

(a) Calculate the density of the leaf.

density =……………….......... g/cm3 [2]

(b) Lesti took three leaves of the same size and placed each of them in three
beakers of salt solutions, P, Q and R, as shown in Fig. 3.3.

solution P solution Q solution R

Fig. 3.3

(i) Which solution had a density value closest to that of the leaf?

Explain your answer based on Fig. 3.3.

..……………………………………………………………………………………………

..…………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
53
 13

(ii) Lesti added three teaspoonful of salt to solution Q and stirred it. After
the salt was dissolved, the leaf started to rise to the same level as
shown in the beaker for solution R.

Explain what has happened.

..……………………………………………………………………………………………

..…………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

4 Fig. 4.1 shows a cell of a newly discovered organism by a biologist.

cell membrane

vacuole

chloroplast

Fig. 4.1

Under the microscope, the biologist observes that this cell cannot be classified completely
as an animal cell or a plant cell.

(a) Based on the labelled structures, explain why this cell cannot be classified as an
animal cell.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(b) State one reason why this cell cannot be considered as a plant cell.

….……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
54
 14

5 Merlin set up an experiment as shown below. In each of the beakers, she placed an
identical sugar cube and poured equal volumes of water but at various temperatures into
each beaker. She then measured the time taken for each sugar cube to dissolve
completely in the water.

beaker H beaker L beaker M beaker N

10 °C thermometer30 °C 50 °C thermometer 8
80 °C
C

water
water water
waterr

sugar cube sugar cube sugar cube sugar cube

(a) Suggest a possible hypothesis for this experiment.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(b) Identify two controlled variables.

1 ………………………………………………………………………………………………

2 ……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(c) Identify the independent variable of the experiment.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(d) Predict in which beaker the sugar cube would dissolve the fastest.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(e) Suggest two other ways you can do to shorten the time of dissolving the sugar cube
in the same volume of water in all the four beakers.

1 ………………………………………………………………………………………………

2 ……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
55
 15

6 A picture of a kettle is shown below.

handle

kettle

Suggest a suitable material for the handle and body of the kettle and give a reason for
your choice.

(a) material for handle:………………………………………………………….………………..

reason:……………..…………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………..….…………………..

material for body of kettle:..………………………………..……………….………………..

reason:……………..…………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………..….…………………..
[2]

(b) Using the Kinetic Particle Theory, describe the arrangement and movement of the
water particles found in the kettle at room temperature.

…………………………………………………………………………..….…………………..

…………………………………………………………………………..….………………….. [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
56
 16

7 (a) A workman rolls a barrel of weight 2000 N up a plank of length 2.00 m and on to a
lorry. The back of the lorry is 0.80 m above the horizontal surface of the road.
barrels
2.00 m

0.80 m

Calculate the work done on the barrel against gravity.

work done = ………………….. J [2]

(b) A farmer uses a pulley to lift bags of corn onto the storage shelf of a barn as shown
in the figure below. The shelf is 6 m from the ground.

6m B
X Z

(i) Name the type of energy that bag A has on the shelf.

…………………………………………………………………………..….………… [1]

(ii) Bag B is allowed to swing from side to side. State the energy conversion
between X, Y and Z.

X :………………………Æ Y: ……………………… Æ Z: ……………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
57
 17

Section C (20 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

8 The diagram below shows a fractional distillation set-up that is used to separate a mixture
of ethanol and water.
The boiling point of ethanol is 78 oC and that of water is 100 oC.

X
Y

ethanol and water mixture

boiling chips

(a) Name the apparatus labelled X.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(b) Why is the bulb of the thermometer placed at the tube entering apparatus Y?

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(c) State the function of apparatus Y.

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(d) (i) State the liquid that will distil over first.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) Give a reason for your answer in (i).

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
58
 18

(iii) Draw the particle model of the boiling chips.

[1]

9 Ms Tan is a school laboratory technician. She has three containers filled with iron filings,
chalk powder and sugar respectively. In an act of mischief, some students mix the contents
of the containers.

Design an experiment to help Ms Tan separate the mixture of iron filings, chalk powder and
sugar. State clearly the separation techniques that are used and what substance(s) is/are
separated.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………… [4]

10 (a) Fig. 10.1 shows a hydraulic device that is used to compress paper in a waste disposal
site.
force
ce 30 N
paper

piston A piston B

area of 0.010 m2 force on area of 0.50 m2

piston B

liquid
Fig. 10.1
A force applied at piston A causes a pressure. The liquid transmits this pressure to
piston B which then causes a force to be exerted on the paper. A force of 30 N is
exerted on piston A. The area of piston A is 0.010 m2. The area of piston B is
0.50 m2.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
59
 19

(i) Calculate the pressure produced by piston A.

pressure = ………………………. N/m2 [2]

(ii) The pressure produced by piston A is the same as the pressure exerted by
piston B.
Calculate the force exerted on piston B.

force = ………………………. N [2]

(b) Fig. 10.2 shows a hot water tank with an immersion heater at the bottom.
Convection current allows the water to be heated evenly throughout the water tank.

insulation air

water

heating element

Fig. 10.2

(i) Indicate with arrows in Fig. 10.2 to show the directions of water entering and [1]
leaving the hot water tank.

(ii) Draw arrows in Fig. 10.2 to show the convection current in the water tank. [1]

(iii) Explain how convection current allows the water to be heated evenly
throughout the water tank.

…………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
60
 20

(c) Computer chips used in computers generate a lot of heat. They are usually fitted
with a heat sink with black metal fins as shown in Fig. 10.3.

Fig. 10.3

The heat sink keeps the computer chip cool by transferring heat away from the
computer chip via conduction and radiation.

Explain how the features of the heat sink allows heat to be transferred away from
the computer chip efficiently.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

END OF PAPER

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
61
 21

BLANK PAGE

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-of-Year Examinations/1E Science [Turn over
62
 22

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BSS/2019/End-Of-Year Examinations/1E Science
63
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
64
2019 Sec 1E End-of-Year Examination Marking Scheme
Section A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

C C C C C B D A A B

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

A D D B B D C C A D

Section B

1 No eating in the Science laboratory; wear safety

y goggles
gogg when
heating.
[accept any two correct answers]

2 J and L
IV ; 2

3 (a) Mass
ss = 0.93
0.93 – 0.23
0.23
0.7 g [[M1]
= 0.7 M1]

density
density = 0.7 7 / (0.50)
0.7 (0
0.50)
=1.4 g/cm3
4 g/cm [[A1]
A1]
(b) (i) So
olution Q
Solution Q;; T he le
The eaf ffloats
leaf loat in the middle of the solution.
Ad
dding s
(ii) Adding allt m
salt ade th
made the solution Q increase in mass hence
ase it
increase ts density;
its densit The leaf is now lower density than the
on R.
solution R.

4 (a) Presence of chloroplast; presence of one large central

vacuole;
(b) no cell wall;

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
65
5 (a) The higher the temperature, the faster the sugar cube
dissolves.
(b) Mass of sugar cube; volume of water; Type of sugar; size of
sugar cube
[accept any two correct answers]
(c) temperature of the water
(d) Beaker N
(e) stir the water; break the sugar cube into smaller pieces or
(increase surface area)

6 (a) handle: rubber/ plastic/ wood, poor conductor

or cond off heat/
ductor o
insulator of heat
Kettle: metal, good conductor
ducto heat
or of heat
(b) arrangement: disorderly;
derly
y;
Movement: slide de past
past one
one another;
anoother;

7 (a)
a) 2000
2000 x 0.8 [[M1]
M1] = 11600
600 J [A1]
[A1]
(b) (i)) Gravitational
Grav
vitation potential
nal p otential eenergy
nergy
(ii)
ii) gravitational
gravitational potential
poten energy
ntial e nerg Æ kinetic energy Æ
gravitational
ion
nal p
potential
ottential energy
energy
One correct
One co orrect [1],
[1] All
A correct [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
66
Section C

8 (a) fractionating column;

(b) to measure the temperature of the vapour before it enters the
condenser.
(c) change the gas into a liquid/ measure the temperature of the
substance distilling over.
(d) (i) ethanol;
(ii) it has a lower boiling point
(iii) particle model of solid, at least 3 x 3

9 Use a magnet
magnet to o remove
remove ironiron ffilings;
ilings; add water;
add w ater; ffilter
ilte to remove
chalk
alk as
cha as residue; crystallise
resiidue; c rysttallise ffiltrate
iltrate to
ooobtain sugar from sugar
btain s
solution
olu
ution

܎܎‫܍܋ܚܗ‬
‫܍܋ܚܗ‬
10 (a) ‫܍ܚܝܛܛ܍ܚ۾‬
‫= ܍ܚܝܛܛܛ܍ܚܚ۾‬
‫܉܍ܚ܉‬
૜
૜૙
= [M1]
[M
૙.૙૚
૙.૙૚૙
= ૜૙૙૙ ‫ۼ‬/‫ܕ‬૛ [A1]

܎‫܍܋ܚܗ‬
p‫= ܍ܚܝܛܛ܍ܚ‬
‫܉܍ܚ܉‬
܎‫܍܋ܚܗ‬
૜૙૙૙ =
૙.૞૙
܎‫ = ܍܋ܚܗ‬૜૙૙૙ × ૙. ૞૙[‫ۻ‬૚]
= ૚૞૙૙ ‫[ ۼ‬A1]
Note: allow ECF

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
67
(b) (i)

(ii)
(iii) Water at the bottom gets heated up by the immersion
mme ersion heater.
They expands and density decreases; Hot water rises
riises and
and cold
water sinks;

(c) Black colour is a good emitter

d em mitter of heat
of h eat / llarge surface
arge s urface area allows
allo
heat to be transmitted ed by
by radiation
radiation eefficiently;
fficiently;
Fin is in contact with
ct wi the
ith th computer
he c omputer c chip
hip so co conduction
onductio off h
on o heat
eat from
chip to fin is fa
faster/
aste Fins
er/ F are
ins a re made
made off metal
metal which h is
whiich is a good
goo
conductor
uctorr of
of heat;
heat;;

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
68
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
69
 BOON LAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
END-OF-YEAR EXAMINATION

2019

Name ( )
Class

Subject : SCIENCE
Level : SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS
Date/Day : 7 OCTOBER 2019 / MONDAY
Time : 0800 – 0930
Duration : 1 HOUR 30 MINUTES

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Before you start your exam, check that you have received the correct paper and the number
of printed pages are correct.
Write your name and index number on all the work you hand in.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.

The paper has 3 sections:

Section A:
There are twenty multiple choice questions in this section. Answer all questions. For each
question there are four possible answers, A, B, C and D. Choose the one you consider
correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate Answer Sheet.

Section B:
Answer all the questions. Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.

Section C:
Answer any two questions. Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question
paper.

A copy of Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where appropriate.

This question paper consists of 20 printed pages.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
70
 2

Section A [20 marks]

1 The diagram below shows a girl conducting an experiment.

Which of the following statements are safety hazards shown in the diagram?

1. Not wearing eye protection.

2. Long hair that is not tied up.
3. Looking into the test tube of liquid while heating it.
4. Not closing the air hole before lighting up the Bunsen burner.
5. Placing ethanol, a flammable substance, near the Bunsen burner.

A 2 and 3 only
B 1, 2 and 5 only
C 1, 2, 3 and 5 only
D 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

2 The following shows the steps a scientist performs in answering a question.

1. The scientist notices that there are fewer soil microorganisms near underground gas
tanks.
2. The scientist suspects that a gasoline leakage has reduced the population of soil
microorganisms.
3. The scientist varies the amount of gas added to a fixed amount of different samples of
soil.
4. The scientist counts the number of microorganisms that survived in the samples of soil.
5. From the results the scientist finds that there is significant reduction of microorganisms
due to the gas.

Which of the following about the above steps is correct?

step name
A 1 Hypothesis
B 2 Experimentation
C 3 Interpretation
D 4 Data collection

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
71
 3

3 Which of the following liquid samples would sink in oil and float in water?

oil (density 0.85 g/ml)

water (density 1.00 g/ml)

corn syrup (density 1.02 g/ml)

densities of some unknowns

liquids density (g/ml)
Sample P 1.02
Sample Q 0.96
Sample R 1.15
Sample S 0.82

A P
B Q
C R
D S

4 The following chart shows the melting points of some substances found in the kitchen.

The temperature in the kitchen is 25oC.

How many substances in the chart are liquids at this temperature?

A 2
B 3
C 4
D 5

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
72
 4

5 Which of the following is /are factor(s) that affect(s) the rate of dissolving?

1. Whether the mixture is stirred.

2. Size of solid solute particles.
3. Temperature of solvent.

A 1 only
B 1 and 2 only
C 1, 2 and 3
D None of the above.

6 Sugar is added to black coffee to make sweetened coffee. Which of the following is correct?

solute solvent solution

A sugar black coffee sweetened coffee

B black coffee sugar sweetened coffee
C sweetened coffee black coffee sugar
D sugar sweetened coffee black coffee

7 The following is an example of simple distillation.

Which of the following processes occur in distillation?

A Boiling and melting

B Freezing and melting
C Boiling and condensation
D Melting and condensation

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
73
 5

8 A colourless solution of sodium chloride is added to a colourless solution of silver nitrate. A

white precipitate (insoluble solid compound) of silver chloride suspended in a solution of sodium
nitrate is formed. All the sodium chloride and silver nitrate have reacted.

The mixture of silver chloride and sodium nitrate solution is filtered.

Which of the following is correct?

residue filtrate
A Sodium chloride Silver nitrate
B Silver nitrate Sodium choride
C Silver chloride Sodium nitrate
D Sodium nitrate Silver chloride

9 Which of the following statements explain why classification of living things is important?

1. To keep track of number of species

2. To study and conserve species
3. To give a big picture of all life forms at a glance
4. To understand the relationship among different groups of organisms

A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4

10 The following venn diagram shows the characteristics of three marine organisms, whales, fish
and shrimp.

Which of the following characteristics can X be?

A lay eggs
B have fins
C can swim
D have scales

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
74
 6

11 A team of students made the following model of a plant cell. They took a length of tubing that is
made from a substance that allows only water molecules to pass through and enclosed it in a
permeable membrane.

Flexible permeable membrane beads

beads

tightly tied tightly tied

marble dilute sugar solution

Which of the following best represents the items used?

the marble the beads the tubing

A vacuoles cell wall nucleus
B cell wall nucleus vacuoles
C nucleus vacuoles cell membrane
D nucleus cell membrane vacuoles

12 Which of the following organs are parts of the respiratory system?

A Heart and blood vessels

B Trachea and bronchi
C Oesophagus and mouth
D Stomach and small intestine.

13 Which of the following statements about cell and organism is true?

A A cell is the basic unit for animals only.

B A multicellular organism has more than one cell in its body.
C Plant cells and animal cells only differ in terms of cell wall.
D A unicellular organism does not need a nucleus to function.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
75
 7

14 The following chart lists the changes of state of matter.

How many changes of state in the diagram involve the gain of heat by the substance from its
surroundings?

A 3
B 4
C 5
D 6

15 The following diagram shows the change in the arrangement of particles as matter is heated
from the solid state to gaseous state.

solid solid / liquid liquid gas / liquid gas

Which of the following decreases as the substance is heated from solid to gas?

A The speed of particles.

B The distance between particles.
C The temperature of the substance.
D The number of particles per unit volume

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
76
 8

16 An element X is written as A X where A is the mass number and Z is the atomic number.
Z

The atomic structure of X is as shown.

Which of the following shows the values of A and Z correctly?

Z A
A 5 4
B 4 5
C 9 4
D 4 9

17
An unknown atom which is electrically neutral has 10 electrons more than a calcium atom. What
could be the possible chemical name of this element?

A Zinc
B Nitrogen
C Aluminium
D Cobalt

18 The diagram below shows the label on a bottle containing a chemical.

Which of the following is correct about the chemical in the bottle?

total type of elements total number of atoms

A 2 5
B 5 3
C 3 3
D 3 6

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
77
 9

19 Mr Loh’s car is behind Mr Lim’s car at a traffic light. The number plate of Mr Loh's car reads
SBC 2569 F as shown below

How would Mr Lim see Mr Loh’s car number plate in his rear view mirror?

A
B
C
F 2569 SBC
D

20 The diagram below shows two prisms and a screen.

Which of the following colours of light would be seen on the screen?

A Red
B Blue
C White
D Yellow

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
78
 10

Section B [40 marks]

Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

1 Fig. 1.1 shows the measurement of the height of a maize plant at different times.

Week 1 Week 2 Week 3

Fig. 1.1

(a) Fill in the table below with the results shown in Fig. 1.1
[3]
week height (cm)

(bi) Plot a graph of height (cm) against time (weeks). [4]

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
79
 11

(bii) Using the graph in (bi), state the height of the maize plant in two and a half week. [1]

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

2 Fig. 2.1 shows the Moh’s scale of hardness which is used to compare the hardness of
minerals from talc to a diamond.

Fig. 2.1

(a) The fingernail can easily scratch some of these minerals. State these minerals. [1]

………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) A mineral will scratch a copper coin but will not scratch an iron nail. State the mineral. [1]

………………………………………………………………………………………………

(c) An unknown mineral can scratch all the common objects listed in the chart. This

mineral has the hardness of at least …………………… on the scale. [1]

(d) State one use of this mineral. [1]

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
80
 12

3 Fig. 3.1 shows a graph of the change in solubility of nine salts with different temperatures.
The solubility of a salt is the maximum amount of salt that can dissolve in a given amount
of water at a certain temperature.

Fig. 3.1

(ai) State the maximum mass of sodium nitrate (NaNO 3 ) that can be dissolved in 100g of [1]
water at 10oC.

………………………………….

(aii) State the mass of sodium nitrate that can dissolve in 50g of water at 10oC. [1]
………………………………….

(bi) At what temperature is the solubility of potassium dichromate K 2 Cr 2 O 7 70g / 100g of [1]
water?

………………………………….

(bii) With reference to Fig. 3.1, describe the change in solubility of potassium dichromate as [1]
the temperature of water increases from 50oC to 90oC?

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(ci) Four salts, sodium nitrate, NaNO 3 , lead nitrate, Pb(NO 3 ) 2 , Potassium chloride, KCl and
sodium chloride, NaCl, have solubility that increases uniformly with temperature.
With reference to Fig. 3.1, identify the salt with the smallest increase in solubility with the
same increase in temperature. [1]
………………………………………………………………………………………………….

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
81
 13

(cii) Sodium chloride and potassium chloride have the same solubility at a certain
temperature. State the temperature and the value of this solubility. [2]

Temperature: ………………………………….….

Solubility : ……………………………………..

4 After a horse race, urine samples from four horses, A, B, C and D were collected. Paper
chromatography was performed on these samples and compared with two banned drugs.
Caffeine and paracetamol. Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2 shows the results.

spot description
1 caffeine
2 paracetamol
3 urine sample horse A
4 urine sample horse B
5 urine sample horse C
6 urine sample horse D

Fig. 4.1

Fig. 4.2
(a) With reference to Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2, which horse(s), if any, has / have taken caffeine? [2]
Explain how you arrived at that answer.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) With reference to Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2, which horse(s), if any, will be banned from the [2]
competition and results annulled? Why?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………...

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
82
 14

5 Construct a dichotomous key to identify the following organisms correctly. The first line is
done for you. [4]

Jellyfish Earthworm Kangaroo Ostrich

Turtle Starfish Roundworm Snake

Organisms

6 Table 6.1 describes the function of some organelles in cells. Fill Table 6.1 with the [6]
names of the organelles found in cells

Table 6.1

Description Name

The boundary of the cell that controls the movement of

materials in and out of the cell.

Gives support and shape to the cell.

Cellular liquid in which the nucleus and chloroplasts are

suspended.

Controls the activities of the cell and required for cell

division.

Stores cell sap (water and other substances) and regulates

pressure in the cell.

Disc shaped organelle containing pigments that is capable

of absorbing sunlight.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
83
 15

7 Fig. 7.1 shows experiments I and II, where a spoonful of blue dye powder is placed in a
solidified colourless gel and water respectively.

Fig. 7.1

(a) It is observed that blue dye powder takes a shorter time in experiment II to turn the water
blue completely.

Explain why the solidified gel and water turns completely blue at the end of both [2]
experiments.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

(b) Explain, in term of distance between particles of substance, why the content in experiment [2]
I takes a longer time to turn blue completely than in experiment II

……………………………………………………………..…………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

8 Complete the information about the two elements shown in Table 8.1. Fill in the blanks
without referring to periodic table.
Table 8.1

symbols atomic mass number of

number number protons electrons neutrons
13 14
Al

35 17
Cl

[3]

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
84
 16

Section C [20 marks]

Answer any two questions in the spaces provided.

9 Fig. 9.1 shows an incomplete path of a ray of light entering water from air.

air

water

mirror

Fig. 9.1

(a) Complete the Fig. 9.1 by indicating the refracted ray, angle of incidence, i and angle
of refraction, r, reflected ray, angle of reflection. [4]

(b) State two characteristics of the image formed in a plane mirror. [2]

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(c) Fig. 9.2 shows a blind corner mirror and Fig. 9.3 shows a dental mirror.

Fig. 9.2 Fig 9.3

State the type of reflecting surface used in both and describe one difference between the
images formed by each reflecting surface. [4]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
85
 17

10 (a) You are given the task of finding the volume of a piece of irregular shaped rock.
Describe the steps used to find the volume of the rock. [3]

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) Fig. 10.1 shows some liquid in a container.

Fig. 10.1

(i) The density of the liquid is 800kg/m3. Given that 1kg = 1000g and 1m3 = 1000000cm3,
calculate the density of the liquid in g/cm3 [3]

(ii) Calculate the mass of the liquid in grams. [4]

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
86
 18

11 Fig. 11.1 shows water in its 3 states, P, Q and R.

A, B, C and D are processes that water undergoes to change its states.

State P State Q State R

A B

C D

Fig. 11.1

(a) (i) State one process A, B, C or D which gives off heat energy. [1]

…………………………………………………………………………………………….……

(ii) Name the process you have stated in (a) (i) [1]

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) Draw the arrangement of the water particles when in states P and R in the respective
boxes below. [2]

P R

(c) Using particulate model of matter, explain the difference between states P and R in terms
of the movement of the water particles.
[2]
….………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

(d) Using particulate model of matter, explain why water in state R does not have a fixed
volume. [2]

…….……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
87
 19

(e) Explain why water in state Q has a higher density than when in state R. [1]

…….……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

(f) Ryan dries his wet clothes in the sun. Name the process that enables his wet clothes to
dry. [1]

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
88
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
89
 20

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
90
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
91
 BOON LAY SECONDARY SCHOOL
END-OF-YEAR EXAMINATION

2019

Name MARK SCHEME ( )

Class

Subject : SCIENCE
Level : SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS
Date/Day : 7 OCTOBER 2019 / MONDAY
Time : 0800 – 0930
Duration : 1 HOUR 30 MINUTES

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Before you start your exam, check that you have ve received the he
e ccorrect
orrre
ect pap
aper
aper a
paper nd the n
and number
of printed pages are correct.
Write your name and index number on all the work work you
yo ou
u hand
ha
annd in.
in.
in
Do not use staples, paper clips,, glue or correction
co
orrre
r ction
n fluid.
flui
fl u d.

ions:
The paper has 3 sections:

Section A:
re twen
There are en
e
twenty nty
t multiple
mu
m ult
l iple
e choice
chooicce questions
qu
quesesttiions in
in tthis
hiis section.
h se
seccttion. Answer
Ans
nswe
wer all questions.
we q For each
stion there
question there
rre
e are ffour
our po
ou os
sssible answers,
possible ans
nsw weerrss, A,
A, B,
B, C and d D.
D. Ch
C hoose the one you consider
Choose
ct and
correct and
an
nd rreeco
c rd your
record youur choice
ch
hoi
oic
ice in soft
soofftt p ennci
cil on
pencil on the
the separate
sep
epara ate Answer
A Sheet.

Section B:
eq
Answer all the qu
uessttiion
ons.
questions. s. Write
Wri
r te your
you
ur answers
an in the spaces provided on the question paper.

Section C:
question Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question
Answer any two questions.
paper.

A copy of Periodic Table is printed on page 20.

The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where appropriate.

This question paper consists of 13 printed pages.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
92
 2

Section A [20 marks]

Q no Ans Explanation
1 C 1,2,3,5 are obviously actions that are against lab rules. 4 is not observable in the
picture
2 D 1 is observation not hypothesis; 2 is hypothesis; 3 is experimentation. 4 is data
collection. So only 4 is correct.
3 B Sample Q has a density between oil and water.
4 A At room temperature, only olive oil and water have reached their melting points.
5 C Rate of dissolving can be affected by stirring, size of particles and temperature.
6 A Solute added to solvent form solution. In this case carbon added to molten iron
and dissolved to form steel which is solution.
7 C Water boils to form steam which then condenses back to water droplets when it
touches a cool surface.
8 C Silver chloride is insoluble and found as residue but sodium nitrate is soluble and
go through the filter paper as the filtrate.
9 D Classification is grouping organisms according to characteristics. acteristi It helps to study
relationship among different groups of organisms.
10 C Whales, fish and shrimps, though belong to different ifferent grogroups,
rooups s, can all swim.
s,
11 C There is only one marble which represents ts nucleus,
nucleu us, several
sevevereral
er al beads represent
vacuoles and partially permeable tube be represents
represen ents
en ts cell
celell membrane.
ell me embmbra ane
ne.
12 B Trachea is the wind pipe and bronchi ronchi are parts
parrts
ts of
of respiratory
re
espirat ator
at ory
or y system.
syst
sy stem.
st
13 B Multicellular organism made e of more
mor
o e thananno one
ne ccell
ne ell iss always
el alwway ays true.
tr
14 A Melting, boiling and sublimation ublimation a are
re
ep processes
ro c
ro cees
ssses
es tthat
hat ha
ha h
happen
p en b
pp because
e ause of gain
ec g in
heat.
15 D As solid becomes omes a gas, ga ass, the
the number
th number er o
er off particles pe perr unit itt vvolume
olume de
ol decr
decreases.
cre
cr eases
16 D The atom m has 4 electrons elelectrons and nd 4 protons
pro
otto
ons and 5 neutrons.
neu
eutr
eu trons. Hence
tr Heennce atomic
ato
tomic number
n is
4 and nd mass s number
ss numbe be is 9
er is
17 A According
Acco ording g too periodic
pe errio
i dic c table
t ble
ta ezzi
zinc
inc hass anan atomic
attom
a o ic number
numbe b r th
be that
hata is 10 more than
calcium.
calcciu
ca ium.
m
18 D Magnesium
M gn
Ma ne
essium m su ssulfate
ulf lfatte has
has 3 types
ha ty p
ty pees of
of atoms,
atoms, MG, MG, S and O. O Total number of atoms
are
are 6.
19 A A isis the
the mirror
miirrro
ror image im
ma agge o off the number
num mbe
berr pl
p
plate
att when
ate wh seen on the rear view mirror. It
will
wiillll be
be laterally
lla
a ra
atera alll y inverted.
inv
in veertteedd.
20 C First
F rs
Fi st prism
prissm disperse
diis
d spper e rs
see the white
whi
hite light
hite lig
i ht and
ig a the second prism re combine the colours
back
back
ba ck toto white
wh
w hiitte light.
lliight. This
Thihis happens
s ha
h appen due to refraction.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
93
 3

Section B [40 marks]

Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

1 Fig. 1.1 shows the measurement of the height of a maize plant at different times.

Week 1 Week
ekk 2 Week
W
We ekk 3

Fig.
g. 1
g. .1
1.11

(a) Fillll in the table

tta
able
e below
be
b elow
w with
with
wi th the
th
hee rresults
e ults shown
es sh
s how
wn in
nF iig
g. 1.1
Fig. [3]

wee k
ee
week h eigh
ght (cm)
gh
height (cm))

1 2.0
2. 0

2 5.0
5

3 10.0

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
94
 4

(bi) Plot a graph of height (cm) against time (weeks). [4]

Height / cm

10 x

5 x

2 x

time
ti m / we
weeks
0 1 2 3

(bii) sing
g the
Using th
he graph
grra
g apph in
i (bi),
(b
bii), state
stta
atte
atee tthe
he h
he e ght off tthe
ei
height he maize p
maize plant in two and a half week. [1]

7 cm

2 Fig. 2.1 sho

shows
ow
ws
s tthe
he
h e Mo
Moh’s
oh’s
s sc
sca
scale
ale of hardness
h which is used to compare the hardness of
minerals from
m ttalc
alc to
o a diamond.
diamond
di

Fig. 2.1

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
95
 5

(a) The fingernail can easily scratch some of these minerals. State these minerals. [1]

Gypsum and talc

(b) A mineral will scratch a copper coin but will not scratch an iron nail. State the mineral. [1]

Fluorite

(c) An unknown mineral can scratch all the common objects listed in the chart. This

mineral has the hardness of at least 11 on the scale. [1]

(d) State one use of this mineral.

[1]
It can be used as a cutting tool due to its hardness.

3 Fig. 3.1 shows a graph of the change in solubility of nine salts with di
diff
ffer
e ent temperatures.
different
The solubility of a salt is the maximum amount of salt that can diss solve
dissolve e in
in a given
g amount
of water at a certain temperature.

Fig. 3.1

(ai) State the maximum mass of sodium nitrate (NaNO 3 ) that can be dissolved in 100g of
water at 10oC.
[1]
80g

(aii) State the mass of sodium nitrate that can dissolve in 50g of water at 10oC.
[1]
40g

(bi) At what temperature is the solubility of potassium dichromate K 2 Cr 2 O 7 70g / 100g of

water?
[1]
95oC
BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
96
 6

(bii) With reference to Fig. 3.1, describe the change in solubility of potassium dichromate as
the temperature of water increases from 50oC to 90oC?
[1]
The solubility of potassium dichromate increases from about 25g to 65g when
temperature increases from 50 degrees to 90 degrees

(ci) Four salts, sodium nitrate, NaNO 3 , lead nitrate, Pb(NO 3 ) 2 , Potassium chloride, KCl and
sodium chloride, NaCl, have solubility that increases uniformly with temperature.
With reference to Fig. 3.1, identify the salt with the smallest increase in solubility with the
same increase in temperature.

Sodium chloride has the lowest percentage increase among the 4 salts [1]

Sodium chloride and potassium chloride have the same solubility at a certain
(cii) temperature. State the temperature and the value of this solubility.

Temperature: 32oC (accept 31 to 35 degrees)

[2]
Solubility : : 35 g / 100 g water

4 After a horse race, urine samples from four ur horses,

fou ho
h ors
ors es, A,
ses B,, C and
A, B a d D we
an werere collected. Paper
chromatography was performed ed on these
thes
th e e samples
sa
amp
mplees and
and compared
an comp
co mparared
ed wwith
ith
it two
h tw
wo banned drdrugs.
Caffeine and paracetamol. l. Fig.
g. 4
g. 4.1
.1
1aand
nd
n d Fig. 4.2
4.2 shows
s ow
sh ws tthe results.
he re
resu
su
ults.

spot description
desccrip
pttio
i on
1 caffeine
caffei
e ne
ei ne
2 paracetamol
pa
p a
arace
ceta
ce tamo
ta ol
3 urine
urrine sample
u sa
ammp
ple
eh horse
orse A
4 urine
urin
ur ine sample
samp
mp
m
mple
ple
eh horse
orse eB
5 urine
urrin
ine sample
samp
sa mple horse
hor
orrs
o seeC
6 urine
urine sample
samp
mp
ple
eh horse
orse
or s D

Fig.
F
Fiig.
g. 4
4.1
.1
1

Fig. 4.2

(a) With reference to Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2, which horse(s), if any, has / have taken caffeine?
Explain how you arrived at that answer. [2]

None of the horses have taken caffeine as there is no dots that correspond to
caffeine.

With reference to Fig. 4.1 and Fig. 4.2, which horse(s), if any, will be banned from the
(b) competition and results annulled? Why?
[2]
Horse C will be banned as it has taken paracetamol which is a banned drug

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
97
 7

5 Construct a dichotomous key to identify the following organisms correctly. The first line is
done for you. [4]

Jellyfish Earthworm Kangaroo Ostrich

Turtle Starfish Roundworm Snake

Sample answer: Accept any relevant answer

organisms

vertebrates Invertebrates

Worm lik
like Not worm
Warm Cold like
blooded blooded

T
Tiny
stinging
sti
Give Lay eggs Dry Moist
Mo ois
is t thread
thre
Spiny skin
birth to sc
s
scaly
c loose
lo
oos
os e and bodies
young skin
sk
s kin
i skin
s
skkin
jjellyfish
ellyfi
Ostrich
Ostr
trrich
starfish
Kangaroo
garoo snake
sn
s na
akke Turtles
T
Tuurt
rtle
les
le
e
segmented
segm
se gm
mente Not
Worm segmented
Worm

earthworm

roundworm

6 Table 6.1 describes

scrib the function of some organelles in cells. Fill Table 6.1 with the
names of the organelles found in cells [6]

Table 6.1

Description Name

The boundary of the cell that controls the movement of Cell membrane
materials in and out of the cell.

Gives support and shape to the cell. Cell wall

Cellular liquid in which the nucleus and chloroplasts are Cytoplasm

suspended.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
98
 8

Controls the activities of the cell and required for cell Nucleus
division.

Stores cell sap (water and other substances) and regulates vacuole
pressure in the cell.

Disc shaped organelle containing pigments that is capable Chloroplast

of absorbing sunlight.

7 Fig. 7.1 shows experiments I and II, where a spoonful of blue dye powder is placed in a
solidified colourless gel and water respectively.

It is observed blue
d that bl
b u dye
lue ye powder
ye po
owwd
dee takes
err tta kes a shorter
ake sh
s er time iin
horte
te neexperiment
xperime nt IIII to tur
ment
me turn the water
blue completely.
mpletely.

(a) Explainn why

why the
th solidified
so
s olilidi
diffiie
difi
di edd gel
gel and
nd
n water
d wae
at err tturns
urrns ccompletely
u ompl
omp et
pl etely
t blue in the end of both
b
experiments.
experiime
ex ments. [2]

Soli
Solid
lid
li dppa
particles
art
rtic
icle
les in in the
eggel
el v
el vibrate
iib
brate
ra abo
ra about
out ttheir
heir fix
he fixed position. Liquid particles in
water
wate
er s slide
lide pastt e each
ac h o
ac
ach ot
other.
th
heer. This s mo
movemen
movement of particles will spread the blue dye
particles
rtic
clle
es un
u
until
nttiil th
tthey
heyy spread
sp
prread th thro
throughout
roug
ro ughout the gel and water.
ug

(b) Explain,
in, in
in term
tte
erm
rm of di
distance
ist
stan
ance
an ce betw
between particles of substance, why the content in experiment
I takes a longer
lo
onger e time
er time to turn blue completely than in experiment II
ime [2]

The particles
cles in a solidified gel are close together they only vibrate about the fixed
positions hence
en takes a longer time to spread. Comparatively, the water molecules
are slightly further apart and can slide past each other, hence the blue dye spread
faster.

8 Complete the information about the two elements shown in Table 8.1.

Table 8.1

symbols atomic mass number of

number number protons electrons neutrons
13 27 13 13 14

17 35 17 17 18

[3]
BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
99
 9

9 Fig. 9.1 shows an incomplete path of a ray of light entering water from air.

(a)

i
incident ray r refracted ray
air

water

r i
indicate i and r for all angles i r
refracted reflected ray
ray

mirror

Fig. 9.1

Complete the Fig. 9.1 by indicating the refracted ray, angle of in

inci
c de
incidence, i and angle
of refraction, r, reflected ray, angle of reflection.
n. [4]

(b) State two characteristics of the image formed plane

ane mirror.
med in a pla mir
irrror. [2]

Image is upright, same size, laterally

aterally
y inverted,
inv
n erte
ted,
te d, v
virtual.
irtu
irtu a
all. Thee di
d
dist
distance
istance between
betwe the
object and mirror is the same
ame as
as the ddistance
ista
is
sta
anc
nce bbe
between
etwtwee
een im imag
image
age
ag e an
and mirror.
(any two)

(c) Fig. 9.2 shows

sho
ho
ows a blind
blilind
nd corner
corne
ne
n er mirror
mirr
rrrro
orr and F
Fig.
ig
g. 9.3
9..3 shows a dental
9 dent
den al mirror.
mirro

Fig. 9.2 Fig 9.3

State the type of reflecting surface used in both and describe one difference between the
images formed by each reflecting surface. [4]

The blind corner mirror is convex and dental mirror is concave.

Convex mirror produce a small and distorted image while a concave mirror
Produce a magnified and distorted image. The convex mirror provides a wider field of
Vision but a concave mirror does not.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
100
 10

10 (a) Fig. 10.1 shows a method of finding the volume of a piece of irregular shaped rock.
Describe the steps used to find the volume of the rock. [3]

Measure 70 cm3 of water in a measuring cylinderer (any apappr

appropriate
prop
propri
opriat
riate vol
at volume)
Slowly lower the irregular shaped rock into
o the water.
wate er.
Record the new volume of water.
To get the volume of the rock, subtract
btract the originale
orig
ig
gin
nale
alle v
a vo
volume
olumeeo
off wa
wat
water
ter from the new
3 3 3
volume. Eg. 90 cm – 70 cm = 20 cm

(b) Fig. 10.2 shows some

ome liquid
liq
qu
uiid in
in a container.
con
nta
ainer.

10.2
Fig. 1
Fig. 02
0.

(i) sity of the lliquid is 800kg/m3. Given that 1kg = 1000g and 1m3 = 1000000cm3,
The density
calculate the
he density
d of the liquid in g/cm3 [3]

Density = 800000 g / 1000000 cm3

= 0.8 g/cm3

(ii) Calculate the mass of the liquid in grams. [4]

Volume = 6.5 X 8.2 X 10.2 cm3

543.66 cm3

Mass = Density X volume

= 0.8 g/ cm3 X 543.66 cm3
= 435 g

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
101
 11

11 Fig. 11.1 shows water in its 3 states, P, Q and R.

A, B, C and D are processes that water undergoes to change its states.

State P State Q State R

A B

C D

Fig. 11.1

(a) (i) State one process A, B, C or D which gives off heat energy. [1]

C and D (any one)

(ii) Name the process you have stated in (a) (i) [1]

C is Freezing; D is Condensation
ensati
ttiio
onn

(b) Draw the arrangement

angeme off th
m nt o tthe water
he w
wa
ate particles
ter p
paart les when in sstates
rtiiccle tate
ta te
tes and
e P an
a n the respective
d R in
boxes below.
elow. [2]

P R

(c) Using particulate

rticulate model of matter, explain the difference between states P and R in
terms of thee movement of the water particles.
[2]
In P the water particles are in fixed positions and only vibrate about their fixed
positions. In R the water particles are far away from each other and moved at high
speed in random way and freely

(d) Using particulate model of matter, explain why water in state R does not have a fixed
volume. [2]

The water particles in R is far away from each other. There are a lot of spaces
between the particles. The particles may come closer to fill up these spaces.
Particles can also spread out to fill any available space. Hence gases do not have
a fixed volume.

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
102
 12

(e) Explain why water in state Q has a higher density than when in state R. [1]

In Q, there are more particles in a unit volume compared to R. Since Density is

mass / volume, Mass of more particles will be higher and hence the density will
be higher.

(f) Ryan dries his wet clothes in the sun. Name the process that enables his wet clothes to
dry. [1]

Evaporation of water

End of Paper

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
103
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
104
 13

BLS/EYE/2019/1E/SCIENCE
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
105
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
106
%URDGULFN6HFRQGDU\6FKRRO 3
6HFRQGDU\([SUHVV(QGRI<HDU([DPLQDWLRQ

Section A (30 marks)

Answer all questions.
Shade your answers in the OTAS provided.

1. A pair of vernier calipers is used to measure the thickness of a book.

What is the thickness of the book?

A 2.03 cm
B 2.31 cm
C 2.51 cm
D 2.62 cm

2. Which instrument below can be used to measure the amount of matter in a substance?

A burette
B spring balance
C beam balance
D displacement can

3. The table shows information about four objects.

object mass/ g volume/ cm3

P 30 6
Q 40 5
R 50 10
S 60 4

Which two objects have the same density?

A P and Q
B P and R
C Q and S
D R and S

4. A measuring cylinder contains 100 cm3 of water. An irregularly shaped object of mass 50 g
is lowered slowly into the cylinder until it is completely immersed in the water.

Given that the density of the object is 5.0 g/cm3, what is the new reading on the measuring
cylinder?

A 105 cm3
B 110 cm3
C 150 cm3
D 155 cm3

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
107
 4

5. The table shows the properties of four different materials.

Which material is possibly a metal?

density electrical conductivity appearance

A low poor yellow
B low good black
C high poor shiny
D high good shiny

6. A robotic vehicle, which has a weight of 800 N on Earth, was sent to Mars to explore its
surface. The gravitational field strength is 4 N/kg on Mars and 10 N/kg on Earth.

What is the robotic vehicle’s weight on Mars?

A 20 N
B 32 N
C 200 N
D 320 N

7. In which of the following positions will a person exert the greatest pressure on the ground?

A The person stands on one foot.

B The person sits cross-legged on the floor.
C The person stands on both feet.
D The person lies flat on his back.

8. An object with a mass of 2.0 kg has 300 J of kinetic energy.

What is the speed of the object?

A 8.7 m / s
B 12.8 m / s
C 17.3 m / s
D 24.5 m /s

9. In which of the following cases is there completely no work done?

A A car slowing down when approaching a pedestrian crossing.

B A man holding a big shopping bag on an escalator moving upwards.
C A student holding her files standing at the bus stop.
D A delivery man holding a new TV set standing in a lift moving upwards.

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
108
 5

10. The total energy of a free falling object is the sum of the gravitational potential energy and
kinetic energy.

Assuming that air resistance is negligible, which of the following best represents the
changes in the different energies when the object is falling freely under gravity?

Gravitational potential
Kinetic energy Total energy
energy
A increases decreases remains constant
B decreases increases remains constant
C decreases increases decreases
D increases decreases increases

11. Which of the following physical properties can be used to describe non-metals?

I They are poor conductors of electricity.

II They have lower melting and boiling points.
III They are brittle.

A I, II
B II, III
C I, III
D I, II, III

12. The diagram below shows the particles found in substance M.

Which of the following statements correctly describes Substance M?

A Substance M is a compound.
B Substance M is a mixture of elements.
C Substance M is a mixture of compounds.
D Substance M is a mixture of an element and a compound.

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
109
 6

13. The following is a set-up for a simple distillation experiment. The boiling point of pure water
and blue ink is 100 oC and 150 oC respectively.

water out
flask

blue ink
water in

heat beaker

What are the colours of the liquids in the flask and beaker at 100 oC?

flask beaker
A blue blue
B blue colourless
C colourless blue
D colourless colourless

14. Sodium benzoate is a preservative. Its chemical formula is C 6 H 5 COONa.

How many elements are present in the formula shown?

A 2
B 3
C 4
D 5

15. In the Periodic Table below, each number represents an element in the Periodic Table.

Which two numbers represent non-metals in the same Group?

A 1 and 2
B 3 and 8
C 4 and 9
D 6 and 7

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
110
 7

16. A glass of apple juice is a solution while orange juice is considered a suspension.

Which of the following correctly identifies the difference between a suspension and solution?

A The speed at which the solute dissolves in the solvent.

B The amount of solute that can dissolve in the solvent.
C When left to stand, whether particles are suspended in the liquid.
D Any change in colour.

17. The effect of temperature on the solubility of two substances in the same amount of solvent
was investigated. The results are shown in the graph below.

Which of the following statement cannot be concluded from the graph?

A Solubility of substance P continues to increase after 80 oC.

B Substance Q has reached the maximum solubility after 40 oC.
C At 20 oC, substance Q dissolves more than substance P.
D Solubility of substance P increases when temperature increases from 20 oC to 40 oC.

18. The diagram shows a specialized cell from a plant.

Which function is the cell modified for?

A absorption of water
B photosynthesis
C storage of food
D support

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
111
 8

19. The diagram shows some heart muscle cells.

Which describes the level of organisation of the cells and their specific function?

level of organisation specific function

A organ contraction
B organ support
C tissue support
D tissue contraction

20. An Amoeba, a unicellular organism, had its nucleus removed by using a fine glass tube but
was otherwise not damaged. For seven days, it continued to move and feed, but it did not
reproduce. An intact Amoeba, which was used as a control, had reproduced twice in seven
days.

What is another function of the nucleus that can be concluded from this experiment?

A The nucleus controls cellular activities.

B The nucleus controls the movement of the cell.
C The nucleus is essential for cell reproduction.
D The nucleus is essential for the uptake of water.

21. The diagram shows a cell observed under a microscope.

1
2

Which are the correct labels for cell organelle 1, 2, 3 and 4?

cell surface
cellulose cell wall chloroplast cytoplasm
membrane
A 1 2 3 4
B 1 2 4 3
C 2 1 3 4
D 2 1 4 3

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
112
 9

22. Four clear agar blocks A, B, C and D, which are of different dimensions, were placed in
solutions of methylene blue of the same concentration.

Which agar block will be the slowest to be completely stained blue?

23. The diagram shows an experiment.

Why has the starch suspension changed colour at the end of the experiment?

A Iodine has diffused in through the membrane.

B Iodine has diffused out through the membrane.
C Starch has diffused in through the membrane.
D Starch has diffused out through the membrane.

24. Which statements are true?

I Plasma helps to transport dissolved substances.

II Platelets help in the clotting of blood.
III White blood cells help to transport oxygen.

A I and II only
B I and III only
C II and III only
D I, II and III

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
113
 10

25. The diagram shows red blood cells.

The red blood cells were placed in solutions P, Q, R and S of different solute concentrations.
After one minute, the appearance of the cells was as shown below.

solution P solution Q solution R solution S

Which conclusion can be drawn from these observations?

A Solution P has a lower water potential than the cytoplasm of the red blood cell.
B Solution Q has a higher water potential than the cytoplasm of the red blood cell.
C Solution R has a lower water potential than the cytoplasm of the red blood cell.
D Solution S has approximately the same solute concentration as the cytoplasm of the
red blood cell.

26. The diagram below shows a simplified model of blood circulation in a mammal.
3 1

4 2

Which of the following correctly shows the identity of blood vessels 1, 2, 3 and 4?

artery vein
A 1 and 2 3 and 4
B 1 and 3 2 and 4
C 1 and 4 2 and 3
D 2 and 3 1 and 4

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
114
 11

27. The diagram shows a section through a stem.

Which labelled tissue transports water and mineral salts towards the leaves?

28. Which of the following secretions contains enzymes that are able to break down
carbohydrates, proteins and fats?

A bile
B saliva
C gastric juice
D pancreatic juice

29. The table below shows the composition of four foods in grams per 100 g portion.

Which food would be most useful for providing an immediate source of energy?

food carbohydrate/g fat/g protein/g

A 60.2 0.0 0.5
B 8.6 35.0 32.1
C 0.0 0.0 45.0
D 14.8 10.8 0.3

30. The diagram below shows a section of the human digestive system.

In which structure does the absorption of most food molecules occur?

C D

-End of Section A-

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
115
 12

Section B (40 marks) For

Examiner’s
Use
Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

B1 Civil engineers help to build structures such as bridges. Fig. 1.1 shows a bridge supported
by 4 pillars. The weight of the bridge is 1.6 x 106 N. Each supporting pillar has a cross
sectional area of 0.8 m2.

bridge

supporting pillar

ground

Fig. 1.1

(a) Explain the term pressure.

……………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(b) Calculate the pressure exerted on each supporting pillar.

pressure = ……………………. N/m2 [2]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
116
 13

(c) Table 1.2 shows two possible types of materials that could be used to make the For
Examiner’s

supporting pillars for the bridge and the maximum pressure these materials can Use

support.
Table 1.2

Maximum pressure that raw material can support

Raw material
/ N/m2
Reinforced concrete 400 000

Stainless steel 480 000

Based on your calculation in (b) and data in Table 1.2, suggest and explain if
reinforced concrete and stainless steel are suitable raw materials to make the
supporting pillars.

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………….. [2]

B2 Fig. 2.1 shows a waiter carrying a tray of drinks.

Fig. 2.1

(a) Explain the meaning of the term work done.

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(b) Is there work done by the waiter on the tray of drinks? Explain your answer.

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………….. [2]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
117
 14

(c) The waiter climbs up a flight of stairs and takes a rest when he reached the top For
Examiner’s

as shown in Fig. 2.2. Use

If the mass of the waiter is 70 kg and the mass of the tray of drinks is 500 g,
calculate the total work done by the man when he carries the tray of drinks and
climbs up the stairs.

6m
4m

Fig. 2.2

work done = ……………………… J [2]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
118
 15

B3 Fig. 3.1 shows a man dropping a 3 kg rubber ball off a cliff at a height of 10 m above the For
Examiner’s

ground. The ball only bounce to a height of 8 m above the ground. Use

(Diagram not drawn to scale)

cliff

10 m

8m

ground

Fig. 3.1

(a) State the principle of conservation of energy.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(b) Other than air resistance, give one reason for the ball not bouncing as high as the
height from which it was dropped.

……………………………………………………………………….………………………

……………………………………………………………………….………………………

……………………………………………………………………….……………………… [1]

(c) Calculate the maximum gravitational potential energy of the ball after the first
bounce. The gravitational field strength g = 10N/kg.

gravitational potential energy = ……………………… J [1]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
119
 16

(d) Find the energy lost by the ball after the first bounce For
Examiner’s
Use

energy loss = …………………………. J [2]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
120
 17

B4 A teacher drops a small piece of grey metal into a glass jar of pale green gas. The grey solid For
Examiner’s
burns with bright yellow flame, and a white powder is produced. The pale green gas is Use

poisonous. The white powder formed is the compound sodium chloride which is the table
salt commonly used for cooking.

(a) Define an element.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………... [2]

(b) State the chemical symbols for the two elements present in sodium chloride.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………... [1]

(c) From the information above, suggest two pieces of evidence to show that sodium
chloride is a compound.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………………………... [2]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
121
 18

B5 Sugar crystals can dissolve in water to form a sugar solution. A series of experiments were For
Examiner’s

carried out to investigate the rate of dissolving of 20g of sugar crystals in 200cm3 of water in Use

various conditions. Table 5.1 records the data gathered from these experiments.

Table 5.1
time taken for all sugar
experiment temperature of particle size of
crystals to dissolve
water (o C) sugar crystals
(min)
1 30 fine powder 5
2 30 big pieces 7
3 40 fine powder 3

(a) From the data recorded in Table 5.1 above, which two experiments (1, 2 or 3) would
you choose to test the following hypothesis?

(i) The smaller the particle sizes of sugar crystals, the faster the rate of dissolving.

……………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(ii) The higher the temperature, the faster the rate of dissolving.

……………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(c) State another way to increase the rate of dissolving for all three experiments.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………... [1]

B6 Steel and rust are both substances made from iron. Steel is a mixture made up of iron and
carbon, while rust is a compound formed between iron and oxygen.

Compare two differences between steel and rust.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………................... [2]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
122
 19

B7 (a) Name the process by which water moves in and out of a plant cell. For
Examiner’s
Use

…………………………………………………………………………………………............ [1]

(b) Raisins are dried fruit. They are made by leaving grapes to dry in the sun.

The diagram shows the structure of cell from a grape.

Water is lost from the cells when the grapes are left in the sun. Each cell keeps its
shape and does not shrink very much as water moves out from it.

Which part, A, B, C or D, helps a cell to keep its shape as it loses water?

…………………………………………………………………………………………............ [1]

(c) A student weighs 10 raisins and puts them into a dish containing distilled water, as
shown in the diagram.

After one hour, the raisins are removed, blotted dry and reweighed.

The results are shown in Table 7.1 below.

Table 7.1

mass of raisins before being placed in distilled water/ g 2.0

mass of raisins after being placed in distilled water/ g 5.6

(i) Calculate the change in mass after the raisins were placed in sugar solution.

change in mass = …………………… [1]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
123
 20

(ii) Using the data in Table 7.1, state and explain what has happened to the For
Examiner’s

raisins after one hour. Use

statement ……………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………....... [1]

explanation …………………………………………………………………………...

…………………………………………………………………………………….......

…………………………………………………………………………………….......

……………………………………………………………………………………....... [2]

B8 Fig. 8.1 shows human cheek cells.

Fig. 8.1

(a) Name the structures labelled A and B.

A ……………………………………….. [1]

B ……………………………………….. [1]

(b) (i) Describe two ways in which the structure of a red blood cell is different from
cheeks cells as seen in Fig. 8.1.

1 ……………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………….......

2 ……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………....... [2]

(ii) Identify one of the differences from your answer in (b)(i) and describe how it
helps the red blood cell carry out its function.

…………………………………………………………………………………….......

……………………………………………………………………………………....... [1]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
124
 21

B9 (a) The figure below shows the cross sections of different blood vessels P, Q and R. For
Examiner’s
Use

On the figure above, label the blood vessels P, Q and R. [2]

(b) Suggest why tissue T is thicker in blood vessel P than in blood vessel Q.

…………………………………………………………………………………………............

…………………………………………………………………………………………............ [1]

(c) State the function of vessel R.

…………………………………………………………………………………………............

…………………………………………………………………………………………............ [1]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
125
 22

Section C [30 marks]

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided

C1 (a) A chromatography was carried out on two types of fruit juices, F1 and F2 and four For
Examiner’s

known coloured dyes, W, X, Y and Z. The solvent used is water. Dye W is found in Use

a list of illegal dyes. The results are shown in the chromatogram below.

Starting
line

(i) Which dye(s) is/are found in F2?

………………………………………………………………………………….......... [1]

(ii) Which dye is the most soluble in the solvent? Explain your answer.

…………………………………………………………………………………..........

…………………………………………………………………………………..........

………………………………………………………………………………….......... [2]

(iii) Which fruit juice(s) is / are unsafe for consumption? Give your reason.

…………………………………………………………………………………..........

………………………………………………………………………………….......... [2]

(iv) Explain why the starting line must be drawn in pencil.

…………………………………………………………………………………..........

………………………………………………………………………………….......... [1]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
126
 23

(b) You are given a solid mixture of common salt, iron filings and chalk. Some properties For
Examiner’s

of the substances are listed in the table below. Use

solubility in attracted to
substance appearance
water magnet
common salt tiny crystal soluble no

iron filings dark grey powder insoluble yes

calcium
white powder insoluble no
carbonate

Write the procedures to describe how you would obtain the dry iron filings and dry
common salt from the mixture.

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………….. [4]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
127
 24

C2 A student performed an experiment to determine the density of a liquid. For

Examiner’s
Use

The following data was recorded:

x Mass of empty measuring cylinder = 102.53 g

x Mass of cylinder and liquid = 223.09 g

x Volume of the liquid = 150 cm3

(a) Define density and state its SI unit.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(b) Calculate the density of the liquid.

density = ………………. g/cm3 [2]

(c) The student did another experiment in which he varied the volume of a certain liquid
A and measured the corresponding mass. He repeated this procedure for two
other liquids B and C. He then plotted a graph of mass against volume for the three
liquids as shown in Fig. 2.1.

mass / g

volume / cm3

Fig. 2.1

(i) State the independent variable and dependent variable.

independent variable: ……………………………………………………………. [1]

dependent variable: ……………………………………………………………… [1]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
128
 25

(ii) State which liquid has the highest density, and give a reason for your answer. For
Examiner’s
Use

……………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(iii) Liquid A, B and C are mixed together in a measuring cylinder and three
layers were observed.

On the diagram below, label the positions of the three liquids (A, B, C).

[2]

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
129
 26

C3 Fig. 3.1 shows the human digestive system. For

Examiner’s
Use

Gall bladder
C

Fig. 3.1

(a) Name the organs labelled B, C and D.

B ………………………………………..

C ………………………………………..

D ……………………………………….. [3]

(b) Both physical and chemical digestion takes place in the alimentary canal.
Explain why physical digestion is important.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(c) “Food is not digested in part B”.

Do you agree with the above statement? Explain your reasoning.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
130
 27

(d) The gall bladder stores bile.

(i) In the box below, draw a diagram to show the effect of bile on fat digestion.

[1]

(ii) Based on your drawing in (d)(i), explain how the action of bile helps in the
complete digestion of fats.

………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….. [2]

(iii) Fig. 3.2 shows three different mixtures of starch, protein and fat molecules
in different parts of the human alimentary canal.

Fig. 3.2

Identify which mixture (I, II or III) in Fig. 3.2 would be found at parts A and C?

A ………………………………

C ……………………………… [1]

End of Paper

[Turn over
LS/1E/10/19
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
131
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
132
 Broadrick Secondary School
Secondary 1 Express End of Year Examination (2019)
LOWER SECONDARY SCIENCE
MARKING SCHEME

Section A MCQ

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

C C B B D D A C C B

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

D D B C D C A A D C

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

C B A A A D D D A C

Section B

1(a) Pressure is the force

forc
rrc
ce
c acting
actittiing
gp pe
per er un
er u
unit
niitt area.
are
ea.
a [1]
(b) Force on each supporting
suupp
pp oorrting pillar
pililillllar = 1.6
1.6 x 10 106/ 4
400
= 4000 000
00 0 N
00
௙௢௥௖௘
௙
௙௢
௙௢௥
௢௥
௢௥௖௘
pressure
pr
res
essu
essu
sure re =
௔௥௘௔
௔௥௘
௥௘௔

ସ଴଴
ସ
ସ଴
଴ ଴଴଴
଴଴
଴଴
= [1]
[1
1]
଴.଼

50
00 000
= 500 000 N/
N m2 [1] [2]

(c) Would
uld not
not recommend
no re
ecco
ommen nd th
thee use of any of the materials. [1]
The pressure
resssu
sure exerted
exe
xert
xe rted
rt ed by the bridge is greater than the maximum pressure the [1]
raw material
al ccan
aterial
al support.
an suppo

2(a) Work done e is tthe product of the force and the distance moved by the object in [1]
the direction of the force.
(b) No work done. [1]
Waiter is exerting an upward force on the tray OR tray is not moving in the
[1]
same direction as the force applied.
(c) Total force = 70.5 x 10 = 705 N [1]
Distance moved in direction of force = 4m
Work done = 705 x 4 = 2820 J [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
133
 3(a) Energy cannot be created or destroyed but converted from one form to another. [1]
(b) Energy is loss when the ball bounce up / same energy is converted to [1]
sound/heat
(c) Potential energy = mgh
= 3 x 10 x 8
= 240 J [1]
(d) Initial potential energy = 3 x 10 x 10 = 300 J [1]
Potential energy after first bounce = 240 J
Energy loss = 300 – 240 = 60 J [1]

4 (a) An element is a pure substance that cannot be broken dow

down into two or
more simpler substances by chemical processes
[2]

(b) Na, Cl [1]

(c) •A compound is a white powder, has different

diifffer
e ent properties
prrop
p opererti
ties
ties
es from
fro
r m its
itts el
elements
lem
ements grey solid,
and pale green gas
- A chemical reaction (solid burns
urrnss with
bur
u h yellow
ye
y w flame)
elllow flame) has
lame haas occurred
occu
oc curr
cu rred
rr ed to produce the
t
compound
•A compound is edible and
e an
a non-poisonous
d no
n n-po
pois
po issonou us while one of o its
itts elements
elele
ement s is poisonous
nts poi
o sono [2]
(chlorine is poisonous)
s poiso
so
ono
n us))

off th
(Any 2 o evidences
the ev
vid
den ces stated.)
nce sttat
ated.)
ed.)
ed .)

5 (a)
a) Experiments
Ex
xperi
pe
eri
rime
m nts
s 1 and
an
nd 2 [1]

(b) Ex
Experiment
xppe
eriment 1 a
and
nd 3
nd [1]

(c) Stirring
tirring
ng
g [1]

6 Rust has a fixed/definite

fixed
e /d
ed /def
efiin
ef inite composition
c while a steel has variable/does not have a fixed
composition.
Rust has properties
ertie different from its iron or oxygen while steel has properties of its oxygen
or carbon.
Rust can only be separated by chemical methods while steel can be separated using
physical methods.
Rust is a pure substance but Steel is not a pure substance.
Rust is made up of iron and oxygen chemically combined while steel is made up iron and
carbon not chemically / physically combined. [2]

(Any 2 of the differences stated.)

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
134
7 (a) osmosis 1

(b) C

(c) (i) 5.6 – 2.0

= 3.6 g (answer + unit) [1]

(ii) Statement: (any 1)

x raisins have gained mass and become bigger / larger
ger
x raisins have become heavier and become bigger
ger / larger
larg
rger
rg er

Explanation: (any 2)
x distilled water has a higher water ter potential al (accept
(acc
(a ccep
cc reverse
e t re
ep eve
versrse
rs argument)
e ar
a gu
than the cells of the raisins;
x water moves into the raisin
aisin c
ceells
lllls by
cells yo smos
sm osis
osmosis is fr
ffrom
rom
o thehe
ed istilled water (do
is
distilled (
not award 1m if student
dent do
ddoes
es not
noott state
staate
te p
process
roce
ro cess
ss osmosis)
osm
smos
osis
os iss)
x causing the cells
ells to increase
incre
reas
re a e in s
as size
iz
ze / ex
expand
xppaand
nd a and
nd bec
become
comome e heavier.
heavieer.

8 (a) A: cell membrane

ne / plasma
plasm
ma membrane
m m
me mb
brra
ane
e / cell
celll surface
surface membrane
su memb
mbra
mb rane
ra 1

B: nucleus
cleus (deduct
(de c 1m
d duct 1m ifif spelling
spe
ellin ng iss incorrect)
llliin inc
n orrect
ctt)
c 1

b) (i))
(b) x red
d bl
b lood
blood dc
ceell do
cell oees
does sn o c
ot
not onta
on
containain
in n ucleus
nucleus s bu
butt tthe
he ch
cheek cell does 1
x red b
blood
loo
ood
od ce
ccellll hass a biconcave
biic
b coo
onc
nc
n ca
avve shape
shap
sh apee but
but the cheek cell is circular 1

((reject
(r ejec
ecct presence
prresen
p ence
en ce of
of haemoglobin,
ha
h aem
emoglobi
bin,
bi n, because
bec
e ause that cannot be seen from Fig)

(ii) No
Non nucleus:
u le
uc l eu
uss: mo
m
more
re spa
space
pace
pa ce to
t ha
have more haemoglobin so to transport more Any 1
oxygen
ox
xyyg
gen
n

Biconcave
iconc
ncav
nc ave
e shape:
sh increase surface area to volume ratio to allow oxygen to
diffuse
fuse
e iin
n and out rapidly.

9 (a) P: Artery

Q: Vein

R: Capillary

(Any mistake, deduct 1m), must be 2 correct to get 1 mark.

(b) Tissue T is thicker in P so that P can withstand the high blood pressure and not 1
burst.
(student must make reference to high blood pressure and not bursting)

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
135
 (c) Exchange of substances between the blood and body tissues / cells 1

Section C

10 (a) (i) X, Y ,Z [1]

(ii) Dye Z (1m)

It travels the furthest away from the starting line. (1m)
[2]

(iii) F1 (1m)
F1 contains the illegal dye W. (1m)
[2]

(iv) It does not dissolve in water thus will not interfere

intter
erfe
fere
fe re with
with
h the
th results.
re
esu
s lts [1]

(b) 1. Use magnet to remove e iron fil filing.

liin
ng. (1m)
(1m
m)
2. Add water to the e remaining
remai aiini
a n ng m ixtu
ix
mixtureture
tu eo off c
coomm
mmo
commonon
n ssalt
altt an
al andd ch
chalk and stir to
dissolve common salt. (1m)(1m
1m)
3. mixtur
ure tto
ur
Filter the mixture oo b ain
bt
obtain n ch chalk a ass residue.
residue. (1m)
m)
4. vaporra
Evaporateatte the filtrate
filt
fi ltraatte
e collected
co
c olllle
eccte
ted to to obtain
obttai
ain dry common
comm
com on n ssalt
a t (1m)
al (1m [4]

11(a)) Dens
Density
sit
i y is theth hee mass
masss per
per unit
pe unit
un it volume.
vol
olumme.
e. [1]
SI uni
SI unit
n t : kg/ m3 [1]
(b) M
Ma
Mass
asss
s of
of liquid
liliq
quuid = 223.09
22
233.09
9 – 102.53
10 2
10 2..53 = 120.56
120
0.5
56 g [1]
Volume
Vo
olu
l me
m o off liquidquid = 150
liliqu 50 cm
150 cm3
ଵଶ଴.ହ଺
Density
Dens
nssitty =
ଵହ଴
ଵହ
ଵହ଴
ହ଴
=0 0.
0.804
.8004 g/ g
g/cm
/cm
cm3 (3 ( ss.f)
.f))
.f [1]

(c)(i) Independent
end
den
e t variable:
vari riab
ri able
ab le: volume
le volum of liquid [1]
Dependent
dentt va
vari
variable
riab
ri able : mass
ab m of liquid [1]

(c)(ii) Liquid A [1],

] for
fo the same volume it has the highest mass. [1]

(c)(iii) [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
136
 C

12 (a) B: oesophagus 1

C: stomach 1

D: small intestine 1

(b) To increase surfacee area

areea of
of ffood;
oo
od; 1
To speed up the
e rate o
off di
digestion
d ige
est on by
stio b enzymes
z mes / to inc
enzy
zy increase
cre
reas
reas the
he sspeed
a e th pee digestion
ed of d igestio 1
by enzymess

(c) No, ther

there
re ar
a
aree no
oeenzymes
nz y
nz ymmess ssecreted
ecrre
ec ete
ed byy B 1

s the
Yes, the enzymes
enz
nz
n zyme
ess in the saliva
sa
alliiva
va are
arre
e still
sti
tillllll working
working
ng on
on the
the food pieces as it does down 1
B

(d) (i
(i)
i)

(ii) Increase surface area to volume ratio; 1

Speed up chemical digestion by lipase / enables lipase digestion of fats to be 1
faster / faster rate of digestion of fats by lipase

(note: students must mention lipase enzyme to be award the 1m)

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
137
(iii) A: II Must
hv 2
C: I to get
1m

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
138
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
139
 East Spring Secondary School
Towards Excellence and Success

Name: …………………………………………………………………………………… ( )

Class: ……………….

Second Semestral Assessment 2019

Secondary 1 Express

Science

04 October 2019 2 h 00 min

Friday 0800 – 1000

Additional materials:
1 sheet of OTAS

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

Write your name, class and register number in the spaces provided above, and on all the
work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs, tables or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
You may assume g = 10 m/s2 whenever necessary, unless otherwise stated.
Calculators and mathematical sets are allowed.

Section A [30 marks]

Answer all questions on the OTAS.

Section B [30 marks]

Answer all questions. Section Marks
Write your answers in the spaces provided.
A / 30
Section C [40 marks]
Answer question C1 and any three of the other four questions. B / 30
Write your answers in the spaces provided.
C / 40
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ]
at the end of each question or part question. Total: / 100

This question paper consists of 24 printed pages including the cover page.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
140
 2

Section A [30 marks]

Answer all questions on the OTAS.

A1 The following hazard symbols are found on a bottle containing a chemical in the laboratory.
What can be concluded from them?

A The liquid can cause cell damage.

B The liquid can be touched with bare hands.
C The liquid cannot be used near a naked flame.
D The liquid will explode when it is poured out of the container.

A2 A student tried to light up a Bunsen burner and a strikeback occurred. What could be the
cause of the strikeback?

A The barrel was not cleaned properly.

B Insufficient gas from the gas tap.
C There was a crack in the collar.
D The air-hole was opened.

A3 A student carried out an experiment and recorded the statement below:

“When the current increases, the filament in the light bulb turns from orange to bright red.”

Which stage of the scientific method is the student carrying out?

A asking a question
B constructing a hypothesis
C drawing a conclusion
D analysing data

A4 The diagram below shows a plant cell.

Which structure is also present in an animal cell?

B
C
D

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
141
 3

A5 The human blood consists of red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets and plasma.

Which of the following structure represents the human blood?

A cell
B tissue
C organ
D system

A6 The diagram below shows a specialised plant cell. For what function is this cell modified?

A transport of water
B exchange of gases
C photosynthesis
D storage of food

A7 Which part of the plant cell is responsible for controlling substances entering or leaving the
cell?

A cell wall
B cell membrane
C chloroplast
D vacuole

A8 In which situation would diffusion occur fastest?

A aroma of freshly cooked food travelling through the air

B coloured dye mixing with a liquid
C food particles entering the living cells
D sugar dissolving in a liquid

A9 Andy extracted a component of blood and observed it under a microscope. He found that
the component contained cells with nuclei.
Which blood component was extracted?

A red blood cell B white blood cell

C platelets D plasma

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
142
 4

A10 The diagrams below show the apparatus used in an experiment.

sugar
distilled solution
water sugar
solution
dialysis
tubing
distilled
water

In which tubes will osmosis take place?

A 1&2 B 1&4
C 2&3 D 3&4

A11 A ring of bark was removed from a woody shoot undergoing photosynthesis, leaving only
the xylem intact as shown.

leaves

ring of bark
and phloem xylem
removed intact

roots

Which of the following diagram represents the appearance of the stem a few weeks later?

A B

C D

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
143
 5

A12 A student used a pair of vernier calipers to measure the diameter of a test tube. The
diagram below shows the enlargement of part of the vernier calipers.

0 10

What is the diameter of the test tube?

A 2.40 cm
B 2.14 cm
C 3.10 cm
D 2.54 cm

A13 Three balls have densities of 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3 and 2.2 g/cm3 respectively. They are
immersed in a beaker containing a liquid with a density of 2.1 g/cm3.

Which options most accurately shows what you will observe?

A B

C D

A14 The picture below shows a drill, with a diamond on the tip of the drill bit.

tip of drill
drill bit

drill bit

Which of the following physical properties explains why diamonds are used in drill bits?

A flexibility
B strength
C hardness
D density

A15 A freshly baked cake is placed on a table.

Which of the following describes the way the cake loses heat?

A conduction only
B convection only
C conduction and convection
D conduction, convection and radiation

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
144
 6

A16 Which of the following statements about radiation is incorrect?

A Black surfaces are good emitters of radiation.

B Objects with higher temperature emit radiation at a lower rate.
C Objects with larger surface area absorb radiation at a higher rate.
D Radiation can travel through a vacuum.

A17 An experimental setup is shown in the diagram below. The glass rod and the copper rod are
of equal lengths. Each pin is attached to a rod with an equal amount of wax.

Which pin will drop last?

A pin A
B pin B
C pin C
D pin D

A18 Which of the following diagrams shows the correct direction of the convection current set up
in the box?

burning burning
paper paper

A B

burning burning
paper paper

C D

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
145
 7

A19 An object is placed on a beam balance and on a compression spring balance on Earth. The
same experiment is then repeated on Moon.

Which set of observations is true about the beam balance and the spring balance readings?

beam balance compression spring balance

A reads less on Moon than on Earth reads less on Moon than on Earth
B reads less on Moon than on Earth reads the same on Moon and Earth
C reads the same on Moon and Earth reads less on Moon than on Earth
D reads the same on Moon and Earth reads the same on Moon and Earth

A20 A student stood on a weighing scale to measure her mass. She first stood on the scale on
both feet, then changed to standing on one foot.

Which of the following statements is true?

A The pressure exerted on the scale doubled when she changed to standing on one
foot.
B The pressure exerted on the scale halved when she changed to standing on one foot.
C The reading on the weighing scale doubled when she changed to standing on one
foot.
D The reading on the weighing scale halved when she changed to standing on one foot.

A21 Forces were applied on a particular box as shown below.

What is the resultant force?

A 13 N to the right
B 1 N to the right
C 12N to the left
D 1 N to the left

A22 A soccer player took a penalty kick from a spot in front of the goalpost.

Which effect of a force was applied?

A stopping a moving object

B moving a stationary object
C changing the shape of an object
D changing the direction of a moving object

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
146
 8

A23 In a theme park, passengers in a roller coaster are initially at rest at the top of the track at
point X. The roller coaster then travels down and round a circular loop in the track at Y.

What forms of energy is present at X and Y?

X Y
A kinetic energy only gravitational potential energy only
kinetic energy and gravitational
B kinetic energy only
potential energy
kinetic energy and gravitational
C gravitational potential energy only
potential energy
D gravitational potential energy only kinetic energy only

A24 An archer pulls a bow before releasing and shooting the arrow.

Which of the following energy conversions is correct of the action above?

A chemical potential energy Æ elastic potential energy Æ kinetic energy

B elastic potential energy Æ chemical potential energy Æ kinetic energy
C kinetic energy Æ chemical potential energy Æ elastic potential energy
D chemical potential energy Æ kinetic energy Æ elastic potential energy

A25 Which of the following statements indicate the possible ways to use renewable energy
sources?

I Build wind turbines to generate electricity using wind.

II Install solar panels on the roof tops of buildings to capture solar energy.
III Use charcoal instead of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) for cooking food.

A I & II only
B I & III only
C II & III only
D I, II and III

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
147
 9

A26 Singapore is an industrialized small island country with limited land space. Being near the
equator, it is sunny all year round.

Suggest which type of renewable energy is suitable to be harvested in Singapore.

A solar energy
B wind energy
C geothermal energy
D biofuel energy

A27 A circuit with one light bulb is set up as shown below.

What happens to the brightness of the light bulb when a second identical light bulb is added
in series to the circuit?

A It becomes dimmer.
B It becomes brighter.
C The bulbs will not light up.
D There is no change in brightness.

A28 The diagram shows four resistors of equal resistance connected to a battery.

In which resistor does the current have the largest value?

B C

A29 Many electrical equipment should not be plugged into the same socket. Why is this so?

A The fuse will keep “blowing”.

B There is a risk of an electric shock.
C There is a risk of an electrical fire.
D The insulation will become damaged.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
148
 10

A30 Which fuse rating is suitable for a device that requires 8 A to function?
A 7A
B 8A
C 9A
D 10 A

End of Section A

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
149
 11

Section B [30 marks]

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

B1 Four rulers made of different material were tested to compare how much their rulers
bend when a certain weight was hung on them.

The set-up is shown in Fig. B1.1 below (the figure is not drawn to scale).

clamps

ruler

weights
table

Fig. B1.1

Fig. B1.2 shows the different materials used in each ruler.

wood

plastic

metal

glass

Fig. B1.2

(a) State the independent variable in the experiment conducted.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(b) State the dependent variable in the experiment conducted.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(c) Name two other variables that must be kept constant during the experiment.

1. .…………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. .…………………………………………………………………………………………[2]

(d) The students' classmate told them that their experiment was not a fair one.

State one error in the experiment that had caused the experiment to be unfair.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

[Total: 5]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
150
 12

B2 Fig. B2.1 shows a plant cell.

P
cell membrane
cell wall

Fig. B2.1

(a) Identify the cell in Fig. B2.1.

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[1]

(b) Name structures P and Q.

P: ………………………………

Q: ……………………………… [2]

(c) State two differences between the cell in Fig. B2.1 and a typical animal cell.

1.…………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

2.…………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

[Total: 5]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
151
 13

B3 Five potato strips, A, B, C, D and E, each weighing 10 g, were immersed in sugar solutions of
different concentrations for two hours, then dried and reweighed.

The change in the mass of each potato strip was recorded in Graph B3.1.

A
change in mass / g
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

Graph B3.1

(a) Name and define the process that caused the change in mass of the potato strips.

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

(b) With reference to Graph B3.1,

(i) state which potato strip was placed in distilled water.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) state which potato strip was placed in sugar solution of the same
concentration as the potato.

…………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(c) Explain the change in mass observed in potato strip A.

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

[Total: 6]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
152
 14

B4 State the material that you will use to make the following objects.
Explain your choice of material based on physical properties of the material.

(a) gloves for working with electrical circuit

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

(b) cutting blade of a knife

……………………………………………………………………………………….………..

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

[Total: 4]

B5 A laboratory is testing the robotic arms of a machine that can lift rock samples on the
Moon.

The acceleration due to gravity at the surface of the Moon is 1.6 m/s2.

(a) The rock samples have a mass of 100 g on Earth.

State the mass of the rock samples (in kg) on the Moon.

mass of rock samples on the moon = …………………….… [1]

(b) Calculate the minimum force required to lift up the rock samples on the moon.

force = …………………….… [1]

(c) The test shows that the robotic arm can lift up to 0.05 kg rock on the Earth.

State whether the arm be able to lift the 100 g rock samples on the moon? Show
your working.

……………………………………………………………………………………….…….[2]

[Total: 4]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
153
 15

B6 Fig. B6.1 shows a circuit made up of five resistors connected to an ammeter and a
battery with a voltage of 24 V.

R2 and R3 are identical resistors and R4 and R5 are identical resistors.

24V

Ÿ Ÿ

Ÿ Ÿ

8V
Fig. B6.1

(a) Calculate the potential difference across C and D.

potential difference = …………………… [1]

(b) (i) Calculate the total resistance of R2 and R3.

total resistance = …………………… [1]

(ii) Calculate the total resistance of R4 and R5.

total resistance = …………………… [1]

(iii) Hence, calculate the total resistance of R2, R3, R4 and R5.

total resistance = …………………… [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
154
 16

(c) Calculate the current flowing through the ammeter.

current = …………………… [2]

[Total: 6]

End of Section B

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
155
 17

Section C [40 marks]

Answer C1 and any three other questions in the spaces provided.

C1 (a) Thermal conductivity is a measure of the ability of a substance to conduct heat.

Fig. C1.1 shows a set-up to investigate the relationship between the thermal
conductivity of several metallic plates and the duration at which the cork will fall.

wax

cork

metal plate
to be tested

heater

Fig. C1.1

Table C1.2 shows the metal plates used in the experiment and their respective thermal
conductivities:

stainless
materials copper iron silver brass
steel
thermal conductivity
400 16 80 429 109
W/(m.K)

Table C1.2

(i) Define ‘conduction’ of heat.

……………………………………………………………………………..………......[1]

The times taken for the cork to fall off when copper and iron plates are used are 20 s
and 53 s respectively.

(ii) Describe the relationship between the thermal conductivity of metallic plates
with the duration taken for the cork to fall.

……………………………………………………………………………………............

……………………………………………………………………………..………......[1]

(iii) Describe how the thermal conductivity of the materials affects the time taken for
the cork to fall.

……………………………………………………………………………………............

…………………………………………………………………………………..…......[1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
156
 18

(b) Fig. C1.3 shows a saucepan containing water placed on a hot plate.

water
iron
plastic
handle hot plate

Fig. C1.3

(i) Name and explain the main processes by which heat is transferred from the hot
plate to heat up all the water in the saucepan.

……………………………………………………………………………………............

……………………………………………………………………………………….........

……………………………………………………………………………………............

……………………………………………………………………………………............

……………………………………………………………………………………............

…………………………………………………………………………………….…....[3]

(ii) The sides of the saucepan are often polished. Explain how this reduces heat
loss.

……………………………………………………………………………………............

…………………………………………………………………………………….…....[1]

(iii) The plastic handle was broken after the experiment. Suggest another suitable
material that can be installed as the handle.

…………………………………………………………………………………..……...[1]

(c) Residents sometimes complain about floor tiles that pop up due to poor workmanship
by the contractor.

Fig. C1.4 shows some floor tiles that have popped up during one month of
exceptionally hot weather.

Fig. C1.4

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
157
 19

(i) State a reason why the floor tiles pop out during the hot weather.

…………………………………………………………………………………..……...[1]

(ii) Suggest what could have been done to prevent this from happening.

…………………………………………………………………………………..……...[1]

[Total: 10]
C2 A student tried to push 2 different boxes.
In Fig. C2.1, she applied a force of 30 N on box X but it did not move.
In Fig. C2.2, she applied a force of 30 N on box Y and it moved 4m along the ground.

30 N 30 N
X Y Y

4m

Fig. C2.1 Fig. C2.2

(a) (i) State which box had work done on it.

…………………………………………………………………………………....…....[1]

(ii) Explain your answer for (a)(i).

……………………………………………………………………………………….…....

………………………………………………………………………………...…….....[2]

(iii) Calculate the work done on the box from (a)(i).

work done = ………………….. [2]

(b) (i) There is an opposing force that slowed down the movement of box Y.

State the name of the force.

……………………………………………………………………………………….....[1]

(ii) On Fig. C2.2, draw an arrow indicating the force in (b)(i). .[1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
158
 20

(c) Box X has a dimension of 0.2 m by 0.2 m by 0.2 m, and has a mass of 10 kg.

(i) Calculate the weight of the box, assuming that acceleration due to gravity on
Earth is 10 m/s2 .

weight = ………………….. [1]

(ii) Calculate the pressure that box X is applying on the floor.

pressure = ………………….. [2]

[Total: 10]

C3 (a) Sickle celled anaemia is a disease that affects the shape of red blood cell. Fig. C3.1
shows a normal red blood cell while Fig. C3.2 shows a sickled-shaped red blood cell.

Fig. C3.1 Fig. C3.2

(i) State the function of the red blood cell.

………………………………………………………………….……………….…..........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(ii) Patients suffering from sickle-celled anaemia usually do not have enough
oxygen reaching their cells.

With reference to the shape of the cell in Fig. C3.2, suggest why that is so.

………………………………………………………………….……………….…..........

………………………………………………………………….……………….…..........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[3]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
159
 21

(iii) State and explain one other adaptation of the red blood cell that helps it perform
its function.

………………………………………………………………….……………….…..........

………………………………………………………………….……………….…..........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

(b) Fig C3.3 below shows an insect feeding from the stem of a plant.

Fig C3.3

(i) Identify which part of the stem is the insect feeding from the plant.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(ii) State the function of the part in (b)(i).

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(iii) Most insect feeds on plants during the day. Explain why this is so.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

[Total: 10]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
160
 22

C4 (a) Fig. C4.1 shows a student dropping a ball from a height to investigate the Law of
Conservation of Energy.

Fig. C4.1

The student expected the ball to drop from position 1 to 3, and then bounce back up to
his hand at position 1.

(i) State the Law of Conservation of Energy.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

(ii) Will the ball reach back to position 1? Explain your answer.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

(iii) Identify at which position (1 to 3) is there

maximum kinetic energy,

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

the amount kinetic energy and gravitational potential energy is equal.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(b) Biofuel is a type of renewable energy that is gaining popularity. It is derived from plants
and animal matter such as sugar cane. It has many uses and can even be converted
to biodiesel to power cars.

However, despite this, environmentalists are urging governments and people to look
out for other sources of renewable energy.

(i) Define renewable energy.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
161
 23

(ii) Explain why countries are not encouraged to use biofuel as a source of energy.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

(iii) Suggest an alternative renewable energy source that has no negative

environmental effect.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

[Total: 10]

C5 (a) Design a circuit diagram in the box below based on the information provided.
The electric circuit should include:

x a battery,
x two light bulbs connected in series,
x a switch that is capable of turning off the two light bulbs,
x an ammeter that measures the current passing through both light bulbs,
x a fixed resistor that is connected in parallel to the two light bulbs,
x a voltmeter that measures the voltage across the fixed resistor.

[4]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
162
 24

(b) A man installed a water heater in his house. Upon switching it on, his whole house
went into a blackout.

He later fixed the water heater, and it worked perfectly. The heater has a power rating
of 3.5 kW.

(i) State the safety device that is responsible for the blackout.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(ii) While fixing the water heater, the man needed to change a component in the
plug.

State the component the he needed to change.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[1]

(iii) Given that the cost of 1.0 kWh of electricity is $0.25, calculate the cost of using
the heater for 12 hours.

cost = ………………….. [2]

(iv) Due to wear and tear, the switch is consistently wet due to leaky pipes.

State one hazard that arises if the heater is used, and explain the danger that
this hazard poses to the people in the house.

………………………………………………………………….……………….….........

………………………………………………………………….……………….….....[2]

[Total: 10]

End of Paper

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
163
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
164
 2SE 2019
Secondary 1 Express Science
Marking Scheme
Section A [30 marks]

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
A1
10

A D C A B A B A B D

A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17

7 A18 A19
A1
19 A20
A 0
A2

B B C C D B A A C A

A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26

6 A27
A2
A 27 A28
A2
A 28 A29
A29 A30

165
B B C A A A A A C C

Section B [30 marks]

mark
ks]
s]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
B1
(a) the material of rulers
ruler
ers 1
(b) the flexibility of the
he
e rulers
rul
u errs / how
ho
ow much
mucch
mu h the
the
he rulerss bend
bend 1
(c) The length of the ru rrulers
u
ule
lers
le s are
arre not
a no
not identical
iid
denticall 1
(d) we
x the amount off weights eig
ight
ght
hts Any 2, Accept any other reasonable answer
x the tightness off the e clamps
cla
lamps
lam 1m
Reject: Height of table, length of rope,
conn
x the type of rope that connected nnec
nnecte
ec ted
ted the ruler
rul to weights each
x point the weight is hung ngg
 B2
(a) root hair cell 1
(b) P: vacuole Q: nucleus 2 Accept large central vacuole
(c) The cell in Fig. B2.1 has a cell wall whereas an animal cell does not 1 Only
On
nly large
lar
arge
g central
ge cen vacuole is allowed (size, position)
have a cell wall.

The cell in Fig. B2.1 has a long and narrow protrusion whereas
eas an 1
animal cell does not have any protrusions.

The cell in Fig. B2.1 has a large central vacuole

le whereas
wher
errea
eas a ty
typical
ypi
pica
cal 1
animal cell has many small vacuoles.

B3
(a) Osmosis 1 No marks
mar
arkks if sp
spel
spelling
ellililing
el ng is
is wrong

It is the (net) movement ent of water

w te
wa ter (molecules)
(moole
leccu
ulle
es) from
from
fr o a (region
(rre
egionn of)
of) 1

166
higher water potential
tentiall to a (region
(re
regi
gion
o ofof)
f) lowe
lower
we
er water p po
potential
ote
ten
nttia
i l
through a partially
ially permeable
pe
p ermmea
eable membrane.
memb
me bra
an
nee.
(b)(i) C
(b)(ii) B
(c) A has a higher
high
herr w
water
atte
err poten
potential
nti
t al
al c
compared
om
ompare ed tto
o tthe
he s
sugar
ug
u gar s
solution.
olut
ol
olut
utio
ion
ion. 1 Accept vice versa

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
Accept if the student missed out osmosis, given that
part (a) was osmosis.
Thus, waterr molecules
mole
mole
ecules
s move
m ve o
mo out
utt o
u off A via
v a (osmosis),
vi (osmo
mosi
mos s), maki
making it 1
shrink in mass.
s.

B4
(a) Rubber/Fabric/Cloth/Wool
oth/Wo
Wool
Wool
Woo 1 Accept good insulator
Reject wood/ceramic
Reject bad conductor
It is a poor conductor elec
el ectr
ectricity.
tr
or off electricity. 1
(b) Metal / Ceramic 1 Accept names of metals/alloys which are hard (e.g
Iron, Steel)
Accept description of property
It is strong/hard. 1 Reject durable
 B5
(a) 0.1 kg 1
(b) 0.1 x 1.6 = 0.16 N 1
(c) 0.05 x 10 = 0.5 N 1 Working
Wo
ork
rkin
ing
ing needed
need to get full marks.

marrks awarde
No marks awarded for only Yes/No
Yes it will be able to lift up the rock samples on the moon 1

B6
(a) 24 – 8 = 16 V 1
(b)(i) 4 +4 = 8 Ÿ 1
(b)(ii) 6 + 6 = 12 Ÿ 1
(b)(iii) 1/R = 1/8 + 1/12 Allow
Allo
Allow
lo w E.C.F
E.C.
E.C.F
C.F
= 5/24 or 0.2083

R = (5/24)-1 = 4.8 Ÿ 1
(c) 16 / 8 = 2 A Allow
Allo
ow E.C.F
E.C.
E.C.F
C.F

167
16 / 12 = 1.33 A 1

Total current
rent = 2 + 1.
1.33
.33 = 3.33
3.3 A 1

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
 Section C [40 marks]

C1
(a)(i) transfer of heat / thermal energy through contact between objects 1
(a)(ii) The higher the thermal conductivity of metal, the shorter the 1 Accept
Acc
Ac cept vice
vicce versa
ver
duration/time taken for the cork to drop Acce
Ac c pt a
Accept anyny other wording related to shorter duration
Reje
Re j ct sl
je
Reject slower dura
duration

(a)(iii) Higher thermal conductivity allows heat to be more 1

easily/faster/quickly transferred from the heater to the
e wax.
(b)(i) Heat is transferred from the hot plate to the iron saucepan
aucepa
an to water
er by
by 1
conduction.

Convection currents [1] of water aree set up

up as
a the
th
he
e water is
i hheated
eate
ed 2
up, expands (increase in volume)me) becomes
bec
com
omeses less
les
e s dense
de and
an
nd rises
and the colder water sinks [1].

(b)(ii) Shiny surfaces are poor radiaradiators/emitters

atoorrs
s/em
emitters
rs
s of heat,
he
heat
a , thus heat
he
ea
at lo
llost
ost 1 Accept
A
Ac cept
cept lose heat
he slowly/Accept reflect heat

168
through radiation
on is reduced.
red
e uc
u ed
ed.
(b)(iii) Rubber/wood/ceramic
ood/cerami miic
m
mic 1
(c) The tiles
es have
haavev expanded
exp
x ande
deed and
an
nd there waswa
as not
not enough
no eno
en ou
ug
gh
h space
ce in
ce in 1 Accept space increase
between thee tiles,
t le
ti es,, causing
causing the
them
hem
he
em too pop
pop up.
p Accept any other reasonable answers

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
Reject burst

Leave more
e ga
gap
ap in
n bet
between
twwe
een
en the tiles
tilless / Use
Use a rubber
Us rubber grouting
ru gro
rout
uting
ut 1

C2
(a)(i) Box Y 1
(a)(ii) There was force applied
applplie
pl ied [1]
[1] on the
[1 he box
box and the
th box moved in the 2
direction of the force
rce applied
applied [1].
[1]].
[1
(a)(iii) 400 cm = 4.0m 1
30 x 4 = 120 Nm or 120 20 J 1
(b)(i) Frictional Force / Frictionn 1
 (b)(ii) Accept any indication on direction of friction
1
30 N

(c)(i) 10 x 10 = 100N 1
(c)(ii) 20 cm = 0.2m ECF
EC
CF max 1m
Area = 0.2 x 0.2 = 0.04 m2 1

Pressure = 100 / 0.04 = 2500 N/m2 orr 2500

0 Pa
Pa or
o 2.5
2.5 kPa
2. k a
kP 1

C3
(a)(i) Transport oxygen from m the lung
lungs
ngs to
ng t all parts
pa
arrtts
s of
of tth
the
he body.
body
body. 1
Accept
Accept
Acce p is student
stud talk about SA:VR, making it

169
(a)(ii) The sickle-cell is smaller
mallerr in size.
sizze. 1
Thus, it would contain
contai aiin lesser
less
less
le sser haemoglobin.
haemo
ae
aemo ogl
glob
obinn. 1 inef
in
inefficient
e ficient in oxygen exchange.
SA – 1 , rate – 1 , amount – 1
Lesser oxygen
xygen wiwill
illll be
be transported.
trran
ansp
s ororteed. 1
(a)(iii) It has no n nucleus
u leus
uc us
u s [1] to o pack
pa k more
pa more haemoglobin
ha
h ae
aem
emmog
oglo obi
bin [1]
[1] for fa
[1 faster
ast
ster
er 2
transportt of oxygen.
oxyyg
ge
enn..

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
(b)(i) Phloem 1
(b)(ii) Transport food d substances
substan annc ce
es fromm thethe
he leaves
le
eaav
ves s to
to all part
part of
of the plant.
pl 1
(b)(iii) Plants photosynthesize
synnth
t ese ize e during
duri
ring
ri ng the
the
he day.
day
ay. 2
There will be more e food
foo
ood in n the
the
he phloem
phhllo
oeem during
du
uri
ring
ng the
the day.
day

C4
(a)(i) Energy cannot be created
crea
atte
ed or destroyed.
des
estr
tro
tr oyed 1
It can only be converted
rted fr
from
om one
one for
form to another. 1
(a)(ii) No, it will not. 1
Energy is lost as heat/sound
sound during the process. 1
 (a)(iii) Maximum kinetic energy at 3 1
Amount of kinetic energy and potential energy is equal is at 2. 1
(b)(i) A source of energy that can be used indefinitely or sustained for a 1
very long time.
(b)(ii) Carbon dioxide is produced when biofuel is burnt. 1
It still contributes to global warming/climate change/greenhouse se 1
gas.
(b)(iii) Solar energy 1

C5
(a)(i) Accept
Acce
ept dry
dry cell
cell as battery

170
x a battery
ry 6c – 4
x lamps
two lampps co
cconnected
nnec
ec
e cted in sseries
erie
es 5
5c
5c-- 3
3-4c-2
3-4

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
x meter
an ammeter err tha
hat me
ha
that m asur
as
measures he
h
u es tthe cur
u rent
e current pas as s
ntt passing siing
ng through bot
through both lamp
la mps
mp
o h lamps s 1-2c-1
x a fixed resistor
esisttor tthat
hat iss cconnected
onnected
on ne
ne in parallel
para
pa
para rallllllel to
to the
the two lamps
th la
amp
m s 0c-0
x at m
at
a voltmeterr that easures th
measures he vo
the olt
ltag
age
vvoltage ea cro
across oss the e fixed ressistor
fixxed resistor
x caap
pab
a switch thatt is capable ble
le of turn
tu r in
of turning off
of
ng off tth
ff the
he two lamp
la mps
mp
o lamps s
(b)(i) circuit breaker 1
(b)(ii) fuse 1
(b)(iii) 3.5 x 12 = 42 1
42 x 0.25 = $10.50 1
(b)(iv) The switch is in a damp m cond
mp condition[1] and can cause electric 2
shock[1] to the people switching
switchin it on.
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
171
 NAME: ( ) CLASS: 1E

HOUGANG SECONDARY SCHOOL

SEMESTRAL ASSESSMENT 1 / 2018

GENERAL SCIENCE

Paper 1 Multiple Choice

SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS

Tuesday, 8 May 2018 Total Duration for Paper 1 and 2:
1 hour 30 minutes
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, register number and class in the spaces at the top of this page and OTAS.

There are twenty questions on this paper. Answer all questions. For each question there are four
possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate
OTAS.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 7 in this paper.

The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where appropriate.

Hand in Paper 1, OTAS and Paper 2 separately.

This document consists of 7 printed pages (including this cover page).

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
172
 2

1 Which of the following examples is not an application of Science?

A explain the preference for chicken sandwich over tuna sandwich

B extraction of vanilla essence from vanilla beans using different edible solvents
C study the effect of different amount of fertiliser applied on the mass of fruit produced by
fruit trees
D study the effect of river water temperature on the number of plants and animals

2 A plant placed near a window slants towards the window.

A scientist made a hypothesis that plants are able to move and they respond to light. He then
planned an experiment which proved that his hypothesis was correct.

Which attitude of the scientist is not displayed?

A compassion
B curiosity
C objectivity
D open-mindedness

3 Blood samples found in the hospital are labelled with hazard symbols.

Which of the following hazard symbols are found on the blood samples?

A B

C D

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
173
 3

4 Which of the following describes the function of the apparatus shown below?

A for collecting gas during experiments

B for evaporating the liquid in a solution over a Bunsen burner
C for mixing chemicals to produce a gas when heating is not required
D for mixing chemicals to produce a gas when heating is required

5 Which of the following describes the function of the gas jet in a Bunsen burner?

A to control rate of gas flow into the gas jet

B to enable gas to rush out from the gas supply
C to raise the flame to a suitable height for burning
D to support the burner so that it will not topple over

6 Which of the following is an example of a safe laboratory practice?

A not tying the hair when carrying out experiments

B pieces of paper are placed near to the Bunsen flame
C pointing the mouth of a heated test-tube towards your face
D wearing a pair of safety goggles when carrying out heating experiments

7 Which of the following physical quantities is correctly matched to its S.I. units?

physical quantity S.I. unit

A length centimeter

B mass gram

C temperature degree Celsius

D time second

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
174
 4

8 Which statement about density is incorrect?

A Density is defined as the volume per unit mass.

B Density of a denser material has a higher value than a less dense object.
C Density of a material decreases when heated.
D Density of the same material is constant.

9 A piece of copper and a piece of aluminium have the same volume.

Given the density of copper is 8.9 g/cm3 and the density of aluminium is 2.7 g/cm3, which of the
following statements is true?

A Both objects have the same mass.

B The mass of the aluminium and copper objects cannot be compared from the given
information.
C The mass of the aluminium object is higher than that of the copper object.
D The mass of the copper object is higher than that of the aluminium object.

10 A cuboid of 5 cm by 2 cm by 1 cm has a mass of 17.6 g.

2 cm

1 cm
5 cm

Which of the following is the density of the object?

A 0.568 g/cm3
B 0.568 kg/m3
C 1.76 g/cm3
D 1.76 kg/m3

11 Which of the following does not belong to the category of fibres?

A aluminium foil
B cotton
C nylon
D rayon

12 Which element is a colourless gas that supports life processes in living organisms?

A chlorine
B nitrogen
C oxygen
D sulfur

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
175
 5

13 Which of the following elements has similar chemical properties as fluorine?

A bromine
B carbon
C helium
D oxygen

14 The chemical compound, chalk, is made up of

A calcium, carbon and oxygen.

B calcium, hydrogen and oxygen.
C carbon, chlorine and hydrogen.
D carbon, chlorine and oxygen.

15 Which of the following is an example of a mixture?

A blood
B calcium carbonate
C magnesium
D sodium hydroxide

16 Which of the following statements does not show that sugar solution is a mixture?

A Sugar and water can be mixed in any proportion.

B Sugar and water can be separated by physical separation methods.
C Sugar solution has properties similar to that of sugar and water.
D Sugar solution is a clear solution that allows light to pass through.

17 Which mixture can be separated by magnetic attraction?

A chalk and sand

B nickel and salt
C pen ink mixture
D sugar solution

18 Which of the following is a practical application of evaporation to dryness?

A extraction of colouring from flower petals

B extraction of iron from other scrap metals
C extraction of salt from seawater
D extraction of sugar from sugar cane sap

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
176
 6

19 The figure shows a distillation set-up.

thermometer

pure water
cold water
from tap

pure water

Which of the following statements explains the direction of cold water flow into the condenser?

A to decrease the surface area for faster condensation of water vapour

B to increase the boiling point of water
C to increase the surface area for faster condensation of water vapour
D to lower the boiling point of water

20 Why is reverse osmosis a preferred method of desalination as compared to simple

distillation?

A Reverse osmosis has the ability to extract water that is less pure.
B Reverse osmosis has the ability to extract water that is purer.
C Reverse osmosis requires a higher amount of heat to extract water.
D Reverse osmosis requires a lower amount of heat to extract water.

End of Paper 1

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
177
 7

End of Paper 1

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
178
 NAME: ( ) CLASS: 1E

HOUGANG SECONDARY SCHOOL

SEMESTRAL ASSESSMENT 1 / 2018
GENERAL SCIENCE

PAPER 2

SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS

Tuesday, 8 May 2018 Total Duration for Paper 1 and 2:
1 hour 30 minutes
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE
MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE RESPECT OURSELVES RESPECT OTHERS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, register number and class in the spaces at the top of this page.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs, tables or rough working.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
FOR EXAMINER’S USE

The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where

Paper 1 / 20
appropriate.

You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do
not use appropriate units. Paper 2:
/ 30
Section A
Section A
Answer all questions. Paper 2:
Write your answers in the spaces provided on this paper. Section B / 20

Section B
Answer both questions.
Total / 70
Write your answers in the spaces provided on this paper.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 7 of Paper 1.

Hand in Paper 1, OTAS and Paper 2 separately.

This document consists of 9 printed pages (including this cover page).

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
179
 2

Section A (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the space provided.

1 An experiment was carried out to investigate the effect of the type of solvent on the rate of
dissolving of sugar. Three types of solvent were used – alcohol, water and oil.

For each of the variables listed below, state whether it is a dependent, independent or
controlled variable.

One example has been done for you.

eg. type of solvent independent variable

(a) mass of sugar added to each solvent ……………... variable

(b) temperature of solvent ……………... variable

(c) time taken for sugar to dissolve ……………... variable [2]

2 Fig. 2.1 shows an experiment set-up used to separate a suspension.

X
suspension
filter paper
Y

Fig. 2.1

(a) Name the separation technique used in the experiment.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(b) Identify the science laboratory apparatus labelled X, Y and Z.

X ……………………………

Y ……………………………

Z …………………………… [3]

(c) If the suspension used is a flour and water mixture, identify the

(i) residue, ……………………………

(ii) filtrate. …………………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
180
 3

3 Vernier caliper is an instrument used to measure the internal and external diameters of objects.
Zero error may occur when the main scale and vernier scale of the vernier caliper are not
aligned in a straight line.

Fig. 3.1 shows the zero error of a vernier caliper.

main scale

vernier scale

Fig. 3.1

(a) State the zero error shown in Fig. 3.1.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

The same vernier caliper is used to measure the diameter of the sphere.

Fig. 3.2 shows the vernier caliper measurement.

main scale

vernier scale

Fig. 3.2

(b) State the observed diameter shown in Fig. 3.2.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………... [1]

(c) Hence, calculate the actual diameter of the sphere based on your answer in parts (a) and
(b).

actual diameter of the sphere = ……………… cm [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
181
 4

4 Fig. 4.1 shows the final positions of three different objects X, Y and Z when placed in a
beaker containing a liquid of density 0.920 g/cm3.

Y 0.920 g/cm3

Fig. 4.1

(a) Explain what determines if the object floats or sinks in the liquid.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

(b) The densities of two objects are given below.

0.0500 g/cm3 0.920 g/cm3

From your answer in part (a) and by referring to Fig. 4.1, match the densities to the correct
object.

(i) Object ………. has the density of 0.0500 g/cm3.

(ii) Object ………. has the density of 0.920 g/cm3. [2]

5 (a) Vitamin C tablets dissolve in water to form a solution.

(i) State one characteristic of a solution.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(ii) Identify the solute and solvent.

solute …………………………………

solvent ………………………………… [1]

(iii) Suggest two ways to increase the rate of dissolving of Vitamin C tablets in a beaker
of water.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
182
 5

(b) Fig. 5.1 shows the outline of a Periodic Table with elements represented by letters P, Q,
R, S, T and U. Note that the letters do not represent the chemical symbol of the element.

Q R S

Fig. 5.1

Use the letters, P to U to name

(i) an element that belongs to Period 1,

………………. [1]

(ii) an element that belongs to Group V,

………………. [1]

(iii) an element that belongs to Group 0,

………………. [1]

(iv) an element that conducts electricity,

………………. [1]

(v) an element that is a gas.

………………. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
183
 6

6 Fig. 6.1 shows an onion epidermal cell found on the fleshy leaf of the onion bulb.

Fig. 6.1

(a) Identify parts X to Z on the onion epidermal cell.

X …………………………….

Y …………………………….

Z ……………………………. [3]

(b) State the function of the part labelled X and Y.

(i) X ………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(ii) Y ………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(c) Name a plant organelle that is typically found in a plant cell but absent in Fig. 6.1.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
184
 7

Section B (20 marks)

Answer all questions in the space provided.

7 (a) Classify the following substances as an element, a compound or a mixture.

carbon dioxide chromium seawater salt brass sugar

an element a compound a mixture

[3]

(b) Table 7.1 shows the properties of three unknown substances, X, Y and Z.

substance ability to break down when ability to be separated by

electricity is passed through it physical methods such as
filtration

X breaks down when electricity cannot be separated by physical

passes through it method

Y does not break down when cannot be separated by physical

electricity passes through it method

Z breaks down when electricity can be separated by physical

passes through it method

Table 7.1

(i) Define the term compound.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(ii) State if X, Y and Z is an element, a compound or a mixture.

X ………………………………..

Y ………………………………..

Z ……………………………….. [3]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
185
 8

(c) (i) How can water be extracted from orange juice?

……………………………………………………………………………………………. [1]

(ii) State the two processes involved in part (c)(i).

1. ……………………………….

2. ………………………………. [1]

8 Table 8.1 shows the physical properties of five different materials – ceramic, fibre, glass, metal
and plastic.

material strength estimated flexibility electrical thermal

density / conductivity conductivity
g/cm3

ceramic medium 3.16 non-flexible poor poor

fibre low 1.54 flexible poor poor

glass medium 2.40 non-flexible poor poor

metal very high 7.80 flexible very good very good

plastic high 0.920 non-flexible poor poor

Table 8.1

(a) (i) Based on the data on Table 8.1, suggest a suitable material to make the base of
the cooking pot.

……………………………………………………………………………………………... [1]

(ii) Give a reason to support your answer to part (a)(i).

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(iii) Use data from Table 8.1 to explain why fibre is used to make clothes instead of
metal.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
186
 9

(iv) State a reason for using plastic to make the pot handle instead of using glass.
Explain your answer.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(b) A cup made of ceramic is coated with a paint known as GW.

It is suspected that the paint GW contains chemicals that are harmful to the human body.
A paper chromatography test is done using GW and three known harmful chemicals.

Fig. 8.2 shows the paper chromatogram results.

starting
line

GW harmful harmful harmful

chemical 1 chemical 2 chemical 3

Fig. 8.2

(i) Explain why the starting line is drawn using pencil.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [2]

(ii) State the number of dyes present in GW.

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(iii) State if GW is harmful to our body by using the paper chromatogram results to
explain your answer.

………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………… [1]

End of Paper 2

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
187
 10

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
188
Sec 1E Science LSS Answers

Multiple Choice Questions

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
A A B A B D D A D C

A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
A C A A A D B C C D

Section A

1(a) Controlled variable All correct – 2

1(b) Controlled variable marks. Deduct 1
1(c) Dependent variable mark for any
mistake.
m
2(a) Filtration [1]
2(b) X – beaker [1]
[ ]
[1
Y – filter funnel [1]
Z – conical flask [1]
2(c)(i) Residue – flour [1]
2(c)(ii) Filtrate – water [1]]
3(a) Zero error = + 0.04 cm m [1]]
[1
3(b) Observed diameter = 3. 3
3.34
.34 cm cm [1]
[1
3(c) Actuall diameter
diame ete
ter = Obse
Observed
serrv
se ve eddddiameter
i am
ia meete
ter – zero ro e
ro error
rror
=33.34
3...3
34 – (+((+0.04)
+0..04
04) [1]
= 3.30
3.30 cm
3. cm [1]
4(a)
a) Iff tthe
h obj
he object
bjje
ecct ha
has
as higher
h gher
hi err d
density
ensi
en s ty
y than
tth
haan
n the
the
he liquid,, the
the object
object ssinks.
Iff tthe
h objec
he object
ecct has
ect haas lower
l wer density
lo dens
de nsitty than
than
th an the
th
hee liquid,
liq
iq
qui
uid,
d, the
the
he object
obje floats. [1]
4(b) X – 0. 0
0.0500
0500 g
05 g/cm
/cm
/c
cm3 [1]
Y – 0.920
0 92
0. 920 g/g
g/cm
cmm3 [1]
5(a)(i) So
S
Solution
olulution
o is clear
ce
cl ea
ar / allows
a lo
al ows
w light
ligght to
to pass
paass
s through.
thr Any 1 point – 1
Solution
So olu uti
tion
tionn is
is uniform
orm / no solid
uniffor
un sol
olidid particles
particl settle at the bottom on mark.
standing.
stan nd
diing
ng .
Solution
olutition
ti on cannot
on canno ot be separated
separa by physical methods, e.g. filtration.

5(a)(ii) Solute
te – Vitamin
Vita
t min C tablets Both correct – 1
Solvent
nt – water
w mark

5(a)(iii) 1. Crush the Vitamin C tablets to form powder. Any 2 correct

2. Increase the temperature of water. answers – 2
3. Stir the mixture. marks
5(b)(i) P [1]
5(b)(ii) S [1]
5(b)(iii) P [1]
5(b)(iv) Q/R/U [1]
Choose one.
5(b)(v) P/S [1]
Choose one.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
189
 6(a) X – nucleus [1]
Y – cell wall [1]
Z – vacuole [1]
6(b)(i) X – contains genetic/hereditary materials or controls cellular [1] – allow ecf
activities. based on answer
to 6(a).
6(b)(ii) Y – provides structure and shape for the plant cell. [1] – allow ecf
based on answer
to 6(a).
6(c) Chloroplasts [1]

Section B

7(a) An element A compound A mixture Every entry in the

Chromium Carbon dioxide Seawater
ter same column
Salt brass
ass correct – 1 mark
c
Sugar
Total:
T ta [3]
To

7(b)(i) A compound is a substance that consists

con
nsi
sis s of
sist of two
two or
tw or more
more elements
elem
emen
ements
en [1]
chemically combined together.
getherr. [1]

7(b)(ii) X – compound [1]

[1]
Y – elementnt [1]
[1
Z – mixture
ixture [1]

7(c)(i) Distillation
Diisttilila
ati
t on
on [1]
7(c)(ii)
c)(ii) 1. Bo B
Boiling
oililing g
2. Co Condensation
ond den nssa ation [1]
8(a)(i)
i) M
Me
Metal
etaal [1]
8(a)(ii) Very
Very good/high
Ve goo
ood/high
d/ g
d/ ghh thermal
the
hermrmal conductivity
co
onnductiv
ivit
iv ity
it [1]
thus
th us heat
us heeat can
canan be be transferred
t ra
tr anns
sfferred
d quickly
quic
qu ickl
ic klly from
fro the flame to the food. [1] or
Very
Veeryy strong
strro
onng material
ma
m a
ate
tte
eriial [1]
thuss able
abblle to
to sussupport
ppor ortt th
or theehheavy
eavy load (food) without breaking. [1]
8(a)(iii) Fibre
ibree isis flexible
flexible e thus
thus able tto bend and stretch and return to its [1]
original
ginal shape.
sha
hape
ha pe.
pe
Metal al is denser
den
e ser and a hence clothes made will be heavier.
8(a)(iv) 1. Plast
Plastic has a lower density than glass so handle of the [1]
same size is more light-weight. [1] or
2. Plastic is stronger than glass so it can [1]
support the heavy load in the pot better/without breaking. [1]
8(b)(i) Pencil line does not dissolve in the solvent [1]
and interfere with the chromatography result. [1]
8(b)(ii) 2 dyes [1]
8(b)(iii) Not harmful + all harmful chemicals are not present in GW. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
190
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
191
 BEDOK VIEW SECONDARY SCHOOL
MID-YEAR EXAMINATION 2018

CANDIDATE
NAME

REGISTER
CLASS
NUMBER

LOWER SECONDARY SCIENCE

Secondary 1 Express 07 May 2018
1 hour 30 minutes

Additional Materials: Multiple Choice Answer Sheet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in soft pencil.

Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name and index number on the Answer Sheet in the spaces provided unless this has
been done for you.

Information for Candidates For Examiner’s Use

Section A / 20
Section A
There are twenty questions in this section. Answer all questions. For 21 /5
each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. 22 /4
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil
on the separate Answer Sheet. 23 /4
24 /6
Section B
25 /8
Answer all questions.
Write your answers in the spaces provided on the Question Paper. 26 /4
Candidates are reminded that all quantitative answers should include 27 /5
appropriate units.
The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where 28 /4
appropriate. Section B / 40
Candidates are advised to show all their working in a clear and orderly
manner, as more marks are awarded for sound use of concepts than for Total / 60
correct answers. % / Grade /
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together. The
number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or
part question.

Setter(s): Ms Wong W L Parent’s / Guardian’s Signature: ………………….…………...

This document consists of 16 printed pages.
Do not turn over the page until you are told to do so.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
192
 2

Section A

Answer all the questions in this section.

1 Which of the steps could be carried out first before formulating a hypothesis?

A decide on the variables B gather relevant information

C share of results with others D design an experiment

2 Laboratory tests showed that a patient is suffering from radioactive poisoning.

Which hazard symbol did the patient most likely ignore before the incident?

A B C D

3 In mining fields, drills are used to remove rocks to search for the valuable metal ores below.
The intense drilling generates high amount of frictional heat.

Which physical properties should be considered when we choose a material to make the
drills?

A strength, melting point, transparency

B strength, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity
C hardness, strength, melting point
D hardness, electrical conductivity, boiling point

4 Tommy used a metre scale to measure the length of a wooden block in the diagram below.
wooden block

What is the length of the block of wood?

A 13.5 m
B 14.0 m
C 14.5 m
D 15.0 m
BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
193
 3

5 During an experiment, Janany placed a cube of nata de coco into the measuring cylinder
below.

2 cm

50 cm3
2 cm

40 cm3

2 cm

What is the final water level in the measuring cylinder if the nata de coco sinks in water?
A 42 cm3 B 46 cm3
C 48 cm3 D 52 cm3

6 Three balls of the same size but different densities are immersed in four beakers carrying
different liquids.
The densities of the balls are 0.8 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3.

Which beaker holds a liquid of density 1.2 g/cm3?

A B C D

7 Which of the following gives the correct SI units for length and time respectively?

length time
A m h
B m2 min
C m3 h
D m s

8 Which of the following is correct?

name of element chemical symbol

A nitrogen Ni
B cobalt Co
C carbon Ca
D beryllium B

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
194
 4

9 Which of the following diagrams represents a mixture?

A B

C D

10 Which of the following shows the correct classification of substances?

element compound mixture

A mineral water carbon dioxide diamond
B diamond mineral water carbon dioxide
C carbon dioxide diamond mineral water
D diamond carbon dioxide mineral water

11 Which of the following gives the correct description of a compound?

A A compound has the same properties as its constituent elements.

B A compound can only be decomposed by heat into its constituent elements.
C A compound consists of two or more elements chemically combined together.
D A compound has the same physical state as its constituent elements.

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
195
 5

12 The graph below shows how the solubility of solute S in solvent F and solvent G changes
with temperature.

solubility / g/cm3
solvent F

solvent G

temperature / °C

Which of the following statements regarding the solubility of solid S is correct?

A Solid S has the same solubility in both solvents.
B Solid S has higher solubility in Solvent F than in solvent G in general.
C Solid S has lower solubility in Solvent F than in solvent G in general.
D Solid S is insoluble in both solvents.

13 Some sugar and steel powder are mixed together.

Which is the most appropriate method to separate the mixture?

A distillation B filtration
C evaporation D magnetic attraction

14 Water that is safe for consumption can be obtained by ……………………. .

1 chromatography
2 distillation
3 evaporation

A 1 only B 1 and 2 only

C 2 only D 2 and 3 only

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
196
 6

15 The table below shows the colour and solubilities of four types of solids in water.

solid colour solubility in water

1 white soluble
2 white insoluble
3 blue insoluble
4 blue soluble

A mixture containing two of the four types of solids undergoes filtration as shown below.

mixture
blue residue

colourless filtrate

Which are the two solids in the mixture?

A 1 and 3 B 2 and 3
C 1 and 4 D 2 and 4

16 Which of the following is the correct sequence to obtain dry salt and sand from a
salt-and-sand mixture?

A crystallisation Æ dissolving Æ filtration Æ heating

B dissolving Æ crystallisation Æ evaporation Æ filtration
C dissolving Æ filtration Æ evaporation Æcrystallisation
D heating Æ dissolving Æ crystallisation Æ filtration

17 Chromatography is a suitable separation technique for substances which

A have different solubilities. B decompose upon heating.

C have the same colour. D do not dissolve in a solvent.

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
197
 7

18 Study the classification below.

living things

animals plants

W X Y Z
living on land living in water living on land living in water

Which of the following matches the classification shown above?

W X Y Z
A chicken frog aloe vera orchid
B mackerel elephant grass crab
C rabbit clownfish pine tree water lettuce
D lion starfish pine tree stingray

19 Which of the following groups are all vertebrates?

A leopard, owl, rabbit B monkey, cat, earthworm

C zebra, jellyfish, rat D beetle, octopus, starfish

20 Which of the following statements about a dichotomous key is not correct?

A We can understand things easier with the use of a dichotomous key.

B It can help us to differentiate between living things and non-living things.
C A dichotomous key divides things based on their similarities and differences.
D At each stage of the dichotomous key, three smaller groups of classifications always
appear.

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
198
 8

Section B
Answer all questions in the spaces provided.

21 Fig. 21.1 shows an experimental set-up to determine the boiling point of a liquid. For
examiner’s
use

J : …………………………..

K : …………………………..

Fig. 21.1

(a) Name the apparatus labelled J and K in Fig. 21.1 above. [2]

(b) Write down a safety precaution you should take when you conduct the experiment
above.

........................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) State the type of flame that should be used in the experiment above.
Give a reason for your answer.

.................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................ [2]

[Total:5]

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
199
 9

22 Moh’s scale of hardness is a scale used to classify the hardness of matter. The higher For
examiner’s
the number, the harder the substance is. Hence, the hardest substance will be given 10 use
and the least hard will be given 1 on the Moh’s scale.

Table 22.1 below shows a list of substances and their respective hardness on Moh’s
scale. With reference to the table, answer the following questions.

Table 22.1

substance Moh’s scale

talc 1
fingernail 2.5
calcite 3
fluorite 4
steel 6
quartz 8
diamond 10

(a) Write down the hardness (Moh’s scale) required to scratch calcite.

........................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Jessica has a piece of glass that she thinks has a hardness of about 5. What can
she do to check if she is correct?
.......................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total:4]

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
200
 10

23 (a) Convert the following physical quantities For

examiner’s
use

(i) 1.25 kg = ………………………………………………… g

(ii) 1.44 km = ………………………………………………… cm [2]

(b) Fig. 23.1 shows the outline of mainland Singapore.

Fig. 23.1

Given that each grid square unit represents an area of 18 km2, calculate the
approximated area of mainland Singapore. Show your working.

approximated area of mainland Singapore = …………………..…km2 [2]

[Total:4]

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
201
 11

24 Read the following passage titled Landfills “The Good and Bad of Semakau Landfill”. For
examiner’s
use
Semakau Landfill, the world’s first man-made offshore landfill opened in 1999, is home
to more than 700 types of plants, animals and several endangered species. Having
been transformed into an eco-park, mangroves and coral reefs ring the island and many
nature-related recreational activities are held here.

By locating it offshore, 8 miles south of Singapore, the risk for soil pollution is greatly
decreased. Through innovative engineering solutions, the waste is effectively contained
within the landfill area, which is lined with impermeable membrane, marine clay and
rock layers.

Every year, about 200,000 tonnes of solid waste and ash are received at this landfill. At
the rate in which waste is being sent there, it is projected to run out of space by 2035.
(adapted from http://blog.nus.edu.sg/pollutionistheword/2015/04/02/landfills-the-good-and-bad-of-semakau-)
landfill/

(a) State what are used to contain the waste in the landfill area.

........................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Suggest what the rock layers are used for.

........................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Suggest what the marine clay is used for.

........................................................................................................................ [1]

(d) Explain why there is a need for an impermeable membrane around the
landfill.
........................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................ [2]

(e) Explain why using landfill to hold waste disposal is not sustainable in Singapore.

........................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................ [1]

[Total: 6]

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
202
 12

25 Fig. 25.1 below shows the different species of sea snails found in an ocean. For
examiner’s
use
Ocean surface

C. Lamarcki G. marginatus
(floats in ocean) (floats in ocean)

Fi
F ig
g.. 2
Fig. 61
6.
26.1

Eastern Emerald Elysia Variable Neon Slug

(sinks to seabed) (sinks to seabed)

Coral Reef

Fig. 25.1

(a) Name the apparatus required to measure the

(i) mass of a shell. ...............................................................................

(ii) volume of a shell. ............................................................................... [2]

(b) Table 25.2 shows some information about the two other species of snails,
H. physis and O. olivacea.
Table 25.2
mass of shell volume of shell density
* H. physis 9g 5.5 cm3

* O. olivacea 4g 7.0 cm3 0.57 g/cm3

* These two species are not included in Fig. 25.1 above

(i) Calculate the density of the shell of H. physis and fill up Table 25.2.
Show your working. [2]

(ii) Sea water has a density of 1.02 g/cm3. State where you are most likely to
find O. olivacea in the ocean. Explain why.

.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. [2]

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
203
 13

(c) The main component of the shells on sea snails is calcium carbonate, CaCO 3 . For
examiner’s
Write down the number of atoms in one molecule of calcium carbonate, CaCO 3 . use

....................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) Occupying less than 1% of the ocean floor, coral reefs are home to more than
25% of marine life. Write down one threat to the survival of corals.

....................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total:8]

26 Joanne set up the experiment in Fig. 26.1 below to investigate whether the particle size
of the sodium chloride affects the rate of dissolving.

Û& stirring
Û& stirring rod rod

water coarse water fine

sodium chloride sodium chloride

Beaker A Beaker B
Fig. 26.1

(a) Identify the independent and dependent variable for the above experiment.

Independent variable : ...............................................................................

Dependent variable : ............................................................................... [2]

(b) State which beaker will allow sodium chloride to dissolve faster. Explain why.

.......................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total:4]

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
204
 14

27 Fig. 27.1 below shows a simple distillation setup. For

examiner’s
use

warm water

M
boiling chips

cold water

Fig. 27.1

(a) Indicate with an ‘X’ on Fig. 27.1, the position where the bulb of the thermometer
should be placed. [1]

(b) (i) State the function of M.

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Suggest why cold water enters from the bottom of apparatus M.

..............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Give a reason why smooth boiling is crucial during distillation.

.......................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total:5]

BVSS

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
205
 15

28 An investigation was carried out on two different fruit juices, P and Q and four known For
examiner’s
coloured dyes, 1, 2, 3 and 4. The results are shown in the chromatogram below. Dye use
2 is found in a list of banned dyes.

1 2 3 4 P Q

dyes fruit juice

Fig. 28.1

(a) Which dye is most soluble in the solvent?

....................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Which dye(s) is/are found in Q?

....................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Are both fruit juices safe to drink? Explain your answer.

.......................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total:4]

End of Paper

BVSS [Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
206
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
207
 16

DATA SHEET

The Periodic Table of the Elements

208
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
BVSS
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
209
BEDOK VIEW SECONDARY SCHOOL
Sec 1E LSS
Mid -Year Examination / 2018 Confidential
Marking Scheme
Section A – Multiple Choice Questions [10 marks]

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10
B B C D C C D B B D
Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20
C B D C A C A C A D

Section B- [40 marks]

21 a) J: beaker B1
K: tripod stand
B1
No marks for spelling error
b) Wear safety googles when heating/ B1
Long hair should be tied up when handling
ng the Bunsen
ndling Buns
Bu sen burner/
nsen
ns ner/ heating.
burrne
ner he
eatin
Any 1 point

(close air –hole: must

st state
sta e when
atte en turning
whe turn
tu rniin
rn ng on Bunsen
on Bun
u nse
sen Burner
n Bu
Burn
rne
rn er to
prevent strike-back)
back))
c) Non-luminous ous flame.
flame
me
m e. B1
It is hotter
otter flame.
fla
ame
m . ThT
This
his
is allows
allllo
owws mo
m
more
orre
eeefficient
ffic
ff i ie
enntt heating
he
heating.
ng.
ng
g. B1
Accept:
Accept p : hotter
hott
tte
err flame/
fla
lame
m / burns
burn
bu rns s more
mo
more co
com
completely.
mplplet
etel
ely.
ly
22 a) At least
astt 3
At lea B1
b))
b Iff steel scratches
scra
sc r ttc
che
h s glass,
glas
asss, glass
gl a
gl asss is
ss is less
les
ess than
n 6.
6. B1
Iff the
thhee glass
gla as
ass
sss scratches
scr
crat
atch
a es fluorite,
ches flu
luor e glass
orite,
ite, glass
asss is
is more
mo than
tha 4. B1
Iff ffluorite
luor
lu ite scratches
o it s rat
sc ratc hes glass,
che glla
g as s glass
ss, ass iss less
le than 4. B1

23 ai)) 1.25
1..25 kg
1 kg = 1250
12
25
500g B1
aii) 1.44
1 44
44 km
km = 14
1440
144000
000
0ccm
m B1
b) B2

40 grid units (accept between 40 to 43 grids)

Area = 18 km2 x 40 = km2
(accept range 720 km2 to 774 km2)

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
210
 If the grid unit counting is wrong but the step is the area calculation
is correct, award 1 mark.
If no step is shown, 0 mark.
24 a) The landfill is lined with impermeable membrane, marine clay and rock B1
layers.

(b) To trap/filter/prevent the large waste particles from entering the soil or sea. B1
(c) To trap/filter/prevent the fine waste particles from entering the soil or sea. B1
(d) Not all the solid waste can be filtered or trapped by the clay and rocks. [1] B2
This also stops waste liquid from passing into the ocean. [1]
(e) Any 1 point: B1
With limited landspace, space for dumping waste will run out/ not be
enough. [1]

Some waste takes up space for a long time to breakdown

eakdown e.g.
kdown e .g.
.g non-
g no
biodegradable waste. [1]

25 ai) Mass: electronic balance / beam balance

alance
e B1
R: weighing scale

aii) Volume: Measuring cylinder

err
e B1
Or Displacement
aceme
me
m en ccan
ent an and
an a me
m
measuring
easur
surrin
ing ccylinder.
ylind
n e
nde
nd er.

bi) Densityy of shell (H.

(H
H. ph
p
physis)
hy
ys s) = 9 //5
siis
is) /5.5
5.5
.5 M1
=11.64
.64 g/cm
64 g/c
g //cm3 A1

Please
P
Pl
Ple
lease
se note
notee future
futu
fu ture
urre
e assessments:
asses
a s es
ss ess
smmeents
ts
s:
students
st
tuden s should
ntts shoou ld expressed
uld
ul expr
pres
pr sed in
esse
esse in decimal
deci
de mal place
cim plac
ace
ac e
to 3 significant
to sig
gni
nifi
fcca
a
an figures
ntt figur
n rees
s

bii)) O.
O oliva
oli
olivacea
liliva
vacea floats
flfloa
oatts
s on
on the
the
he ocean/
oce
ean/ sea
se
ea water.
wate [1] B2
O oliva
O. o
olivacea
lilivace
acce
ea has
has a density
ha d nsitty of 0.57
de 0.57
57 g/cm
g/ 3 which is lower than density of sea
water.
w
wa
ate
ter. [1[[1]
1]

c) 5 B1
d) Any
y one:
on
ne:
e B1
x Increase
In in temperature of the ocean
(accept decrease in temperature of ocean)
x Pollution of the ocean
x Invasion of predator such as crown of thorns starfish

R: Marine life cause damage (too generic)

26 a) Independent variable: size of the sodium chloride/ particle size [1] B2
R: type of sodium chloride

Dependent variable: rate of dissolving/

time taken for sodium chloride to dissolve [1]
b) Beaker B. [1] A1

Fine/small particles have larger surface area [1] that comes in contact with B1
the solvent.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
211
27 a) B1

a) x warm water

M
Boiling chips

cold water

conde
co dens e.
Position of X must be just before vapour enters the condenser.
nser
nse
ns

bi) Cools the vapour to liquid. B1

(must have all the 3 keywords)
bii) For efficiency/effective of cooling
g of vapour
our to
o obtain
obt
b ai
ain maximum
maxi
m ximu
mum
um
m am
amount of B1
distillate.

Accept : Effective of cooling

coolinng of
o vapour
vvap
poou
ur
To obtain
btain maximum
ma
m axi
x im
muum a amount
mountnt o
nt off distillate.
distil
istill
i late.
c) Any one: B2
Smooth boiling
oth boi
oiililing
o ng is required
re
eqqu
uiirred to
ed to prevent
p re
pr evve
ennt splattering
spla
sp la
att ering [1]
tter [1] of
of the
e mixture
mixt
mi which
xture wh
may af
a
affect
fect th
the he thermometer
therm
th e mo
er ome
m te er re
reading
eading g of
of vvapour.
apo
ap our. [1]

Smooth
Sm
Smoo otth
hbboiling
oililliing
g iis
s required
re
equ
quirired
re
edd to to prevent
prrev
p even
ent splattering
splatter
p er erin
ing
in g [1] of the
th mixture which
may
m
ma y affe
affect
fect
fe ct the he
h eqquality/
quality/purity
ality
y//p
y/pu
y pu
u
uri
rriitty
y of
of the
th
hee distillate
distilla
d late
la te collected.
collllecte [1]
co

Viol
Violent
ollen
ent boiling
bo
b oiling
iling
g ma
m
may
ay a
ay af
affect
ffe
fect
ct the
esstab
st
stability
abiliit th apparatus set-up [1] and
ity of the
ca se accidents
cause
ca acci
ac
cci
c dent
de
d ent
nts e.g.
e.g.
e. g burns
bu
burrns or
or damage
damag to the apparatus [1]
da
28 a) Dye
Dye 4
Dy B1

b) Dyes
es
e s 1,
1 3 and
an
nd 4 B1

c) No. B1
One of the component in fruit juice P matches dye 2 which is B1
banned/illegal.

Accept: Fruit juice P is unsafe as it contains dye 2 which is banned/illegal.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
212
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
213
 1

Register No. Class

Name
Bendemeer
er Secondary School Bendemeer Be Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
er Se
Secondary
ecco onnddaarry Sc S
School
chhoool Be Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
er S
Bendemeer
Se
Secondary
err Se
S
eco
con
Secondary
eco
con
nddary Sc
ndddaar
ary Sc
S
SBENDEMEER SECONDARY SCHOOL
School
chhooooll Bendemeer
School
Be
chhooooll Bendemeer
Be
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
err Secondary
Seecco
S
Sec onndddar
ary School
ary
ar Sccho hoooll Bendemeer
Be Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
err Secondary
Bendemeer
Seecond
con
co
err Secondary
Seecond
S ccoonnddar
2018 MID-YEAR EXAMINATION
nddaarry School
Scho
Sc
ary School
hoooll Bendemeer
Be
Sccchhhooooll Bendemeer
S Be
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
err Secondary
Bendemeer
Seecco
S on
err Secondary
Seeco
S cond
SECONDARY 1 EXPRESS
nddaarry School
Scchooooll Bendemeer
S
ndaarry School
Sccho
S
Be
hoooll Bendemeer
Be
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
er Secondary
Bendemeer
Secco
Se on
er Secondary
Seco cco
nd
ond SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY)
daarrryy School
Scchhooooll Bendemeer
S
ndaarry School
Scho
Sc
Be
hool Bendemeer
Be
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer
er Secondary School Bendemeer Be Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School
Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School Bendemeer Secondary School

DATE : 7 May 2018

DURATION : 45 minutes

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, class and register number on the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a 2B pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use paper clips, glue or correction fluid.

Section A
There are ten questions in this section. Answer all questions.
For each question, there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in the boxes on page 2.

Section B
Answer all questions in the space provided.

Candidates are reminded that all quantitative answers should include appropriate units.
The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where appropriate.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 11.

40
This document consists of 11 printed pages.

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
214
 2

Section A: Multiple Choice Questions [10 marks]

Answer all the questions in the boxes provided.

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10

1 An earthquake struck in 2017 resulting in severe damage to the nuclear plants in

Bendewich that gave out radiation to the atmosphere.

Which hazard symbol should be placed at the nuclear plant area?

A B C D

2 Which apparatus will be most suitable to measure an accurate volume of 25.0 cm3
of dilute hydrochloric acid?

A B C D

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
215
 3

3 A petri dish containing a blackish-yellow substance was given in an experiment.

When a magnet was placed over the cover of the dish, the black particles were
observed to move towards the magnet while the yellow powder remained at the
base of the dish.

What can be concluded based on these observations?

A The black particles and yellow powder are not chemically combined.
B The black particles and yellow powder are present in a fixed ratio.
C The black particles and yellow powder are two different compounds.
D The black particles and yellow powder have fixed boiling points.

4 Chlorine is an element in the Periodic Table.

Which statement about chlorine is not true?

A Chlorine is a non-metal.
B Chlorine is in a different period from fluorine.
C Chlorine is in the same group as calcium.
D Chlorine has similar chemical properties to iodine.

5 The table below shows some differences between milo drink and sugar solution.

Which description correctly shows the difference between them?

milo drink sugar solution

A homogenous not homogenous
B does not allow light to pass through allows light to pass through
C clear cloudy
D no particles settle at the bottom many particles seen at the bottom

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
216
 4

6 The composition of air is shown in the following table.

component percentage by volume (%)

nitrogen gas 78.0
oxygen gas 20.9
argon 0.9
water vapour depends on local conditions
other gases 0.2

Which statement best explains why air is a mixture?

A The components of air are not fixed.

B Air contains different types of elements.
C The components of air cannot be separated.
D The components of air react with each other.

7 The diagram below shows the decomposition of water using an electric current.
Only oxygen and hydrogen are produced. They are trapped in two separate test
tubes as shown below. The unit volume of hydrogen collected is twice that of
oxygen.

oxygen hydrogen

Which statements below can be concluded based on the experiment described?

I Oxygen and hydrogen are the constituent elements of water.

II Oxygen and hydrogen are combined in a fixed proportion by mass.
III Compounds can be broken down by physical means.
IV Water is a compound.

A I and II only B II and III only

C I, II and III only D I, II and IV only

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
217
 5

8 A student wants to separate a mixture of X, Y and Z into the three individual

substances. The student pours the mixture into a separating funnel. The tap is
opened and a mixture of substance X and Y is collected first. Z remains in the
separating funnel. The student then uses simple distillation to separate X and Y.
X is the distillate and Y is the residue.

Which of the following shows the correct identity of X, Y and Z?

X Y Z
A water salt oil
B salt water oil
C water salt alcohol
D salt water alcohol

9 Which method of separation will not obtain a sample of salt from seawater?

A B

C D

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
218
 6

10 It is thought that spinach leaves contain one or more of three different pigments L,
M and N. Spots of each of these pigments are put on the starting line of two
chromatograms along with a spot of spinach extract. The first chromatogram is
developed with ethanol, the second with water.

The results are shown below:

Which pigment(s) is/are present in the spinach extract ?

A L only
B L and M only
C L and N only
D L, M and N

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
219
 7

Section B: Structured Questions [30marks]

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

1 (a) May decided to boil two beakers of water, to see which type of flame would
boil the water in a shorter time as shown in Fig. 1.1

equal amount
of water
wire gauze

tripod stand

luminous flame non-luminous flame

Fig. 1.1

(i) Predict which water sample will boil in a shorter time.

……………………………………………………………………………[1]

(ii) Give a reason to explain your answer in (a)(i).

………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………[1]

(iii) List two other differences between a luminous and non-luminous

flame.

………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………...[2]

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
220
 8

(b) Fig. 1.2 shows an experiment in which a substance is being heated.

iii

iv
i

ii

Fig. 1.2

Name the apparatus used in Fig. 1.2.

(i) ……………………………..[1] (ii) ………………………………….[1]

(iii) ……………………………..[1] (iv) ……………………………….…[1]

(v) ……………………………..[1]

2 Table 2.1 gives some information about four substances M to P. Use the
information to decide whether each of these substances is an element, a mixture
or a compound.
Table 2.1
element / mixture
substance changes on heating
/ compound
A colourless liquid which is split up by
M
electricity into two different gases.
A grey solid which burns in air to form an
N
oxide.
A white solid which does not have a
O constant composition and melts over a
range of temperature.
A colourless liquid which boils off to leave a
P
white residue.

[4]
[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
221
 9

3 Fig. 3.1 shows an experimental set-up used to obtain pure water from sea water.

X
water

lemon peel C

Fig. 3.1

(a) State the method of separation used.

………………………………………………………………………………….….[1]

(b) Name the apparatus used in Fig. 3.1.

A: ………………………………….……………………………………………....[1]

B: ………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

C: ……………………………………………………………………………….…[1]

(c) What are the two main physical processes that occur in this method of
separation?

……………………………..……………………………….................................[2]

(d) Indicate on the diagram ‘water in’ and ‘water out’. [2]

(e) State the purpose of boiling chips in the experimental setup.

……………………………………………………………………….…………….[1]

(f) What would be the reading on the thermometer?

……………………………………………………………………………………..[1]

[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
222
 10

4 The inks used for making EZ-Link cards are a mixture of different colours. The
chromatogram of two such inks, X and Y, is shown in Fig. 4.1.

start line
X Y
Fig. 4.1

(a) Using information from Fig. 4.1, describe two similarities between inks X
and Y.

……………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………..[2]

(b) Explain whether inks X and Y are the same ink.

…………………………………………………………………………………..[1]

(c) The chromatography is repeated for another ink, Z. Ink Z contains only two
colours, which are not found in inks X and Y. Draw the chromatogram of
ink Z on Fig. 4.2.

Fig. 4.2 [1]

(d) Explain why the starting line cannot be drawn in pen.

…………………………………………………………………………………..[2]

(e) Use your knowledge of EZ-Link cards to suggest why water would not be
a suitable solvent to use for this chromatography.

…………………………………………………………………………………..[1]

End of Paper
[Turn over

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
223
 11

[Turn over
11

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
224
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
225
BENDEMEER SECONDARY SCHOOL
2018 MID-YEAR EXAMINATION
SECONDARY 1E SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY)

Marking Scheme
Section A
1 A 2 B 3 A 4 C 5 B

6 A 7 D 8 A 9 B 10 A

Section B
Qn Suggested Answer Marks

1ai Non-luminous flame [1]

ii Non-luminous flame is hotter than
han luminous
uss flame
fla
amme
e so
so it will
wililll boil
boiilil the
bo [1]
water at a shorter time.
iii x Luminous flamee is orange
orran
o a ge but
but non-luminous
non
on-lumi
on miinous flame
no fla
la m is blue.
ame blue
blue.
ue [2]
[2
x Luminouss flamee can
can be be seen
een easily
sse assily but non-luminous
eas
as no
on-lu nouss flame
umino
no fla
lame
me
cannot
not be
e seen
een easily
sse eas
asiilly
x Luminous
Lumimino
mi n uss flame
ame is
fllam i unsteady
uns
nstte ea
addy but
ut non-luminous
bu no
n on-llu m nouss flame
umi fla
lamme is steady
st
x Little
Liittle
L e ssoot
o t iiss pro
oo produced
rodu
ro ducce
ducee iin
ed non-luminous
n n on-lu
on lumi
m no ous flame
flame butb soot is
produced
p oducced
pr n lluminous
ed in umino us fflame
ous lla
ammee
x The
The air-holes
Th aiir-ho
a ho
h oles for
for non-luminous
fo no
n on-lu us flame
uminous fla
lamme is opened but air-holes for
luminous
lumiinous
lu us flame
us fllame is
ame is closed
c osed
cl ed
*any
y 2 differences
ny diifffe
fere
fere
re n
rencncces

bi retort
rt stand
nd [1]
ii Bunsen en bburner
urner [1]
iii round-bottomed
ot flask [1]
iv wire gauze [1]
v tripod stand [1]

2 M- compound [1]
N- element [1]
O- mixture [1]
P- mixture [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
226
3a simple distillation [1]
b A - thermometer [1]
B – condenser [1]
C – measuring cylinder [1]
c boiling and condensation [2]
d water out [2]
A
B

water

lemon C
peel
water in

e To smoothen the boiling. [1]

f 100 qC [1]

4a x Both contain 3 components/

nents/ dyes/
dye
yes/ cco
colours.
olo
our
urs.
s. [2]
x Both contain 2 components
ompone
ent
nts thatt a
nts are
r tthe
re he ssame.
he ame.
am
x Both are impure.
mpure..
*Any 2 similarities
simila
la
ari
rities

b x No,
No, a
No they
ass the ccontain
ey coon aiin one
ntta on
o ne colour/
cco
olo our ccomponent
ur/ co
comp
ommppo
pon
onnent thatat iis nott th
s no
n the same. [1]
x No,
N , ass tthe
No h spot
he p t that
spo th
hatat travelled
tra
rave
rave ed the
velllled he furthest/
the furth
hes t/ fastest
est/ fastest is not aligned/
not
no
n ot the same.
ssa
ame
me.
x No, a ass the e spot
ot furthest
spo f rtth
fu heest from
fro m the
rom
ro he starting
th st line/ nearest to the
solvent
sso ent front
olvven ont are
fron
fr are not
ar noot aligned/
alig
align
ig ned/ not the same.
Accept:
Acce
ceep
ptt:
x They
Theyy each
he eacch have
hav one colour that are of different solubility.
x The
he third
thir
th d spot of X is not in line with the third spot of Y.
ird
x Not all the
th spots of X are aligned with Y.
*Any 1

c Show on diagram: 2 components, both are not aligned to any [1]

components in X and Y.
d Pen ink is soluble in the solvent and will be separated together [2]
with the inks and interfere with results of the chromatography.
e EZ-Link cards are exposed to moisture and water so the inks used [1]
should not be soluble in water.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
227
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
228
 Class Index no.
Name :

DEYI SECONDARY SCHOOL

Mid-Year Examination 2018

Secondary One Express

SCIENCE 8 May 2018

0800 – 0930 h
1 hour 30 minutes

Additional Material: OTAS

_______________________________________________________________________________

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, class and register number on the cover page of the question booklet.

This paper consists of three sections.

Section A (20 marks)

There are 20 questions in this section.
For each question, there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the OTAS provided.

Section B (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided on the question booklet.

Section C (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided on the question booklet.

At the end of the examination, hand in separately

(i) OTAS For Examiner’s Use
(ii) Question Booklet
Section Marks

A / 20
A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 15. B / 30
CALCULATORS MAY BE USED. C / 30

Total / 80

This question paper consists of 15 printed pages, including the cover page.
[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
229
 2

Section A (20 marks)

Answer all the questions on the OTAS provided.

1 Aston needs to fill a bottle with exactly 55.0 cm3 of a solution. Which apparatus is most
appropriate for this task?

A Beaker
B Conical flask
C Displacement can
D Measuring cylinder

2 Benjamin came across a bottle of chemical powder with the following symbol.

Which of the following describes the correct way that he should follow when handling this
chemical powder?

A He must keep the chemical powder away from the flame as it is explosive.
B He must not wash the chemical powder down the sink as it can harm the aquatic
environment.
C He must store the chemical powder in a lead-lined container as it emits radiation.
D He must use a spatula when handling the chemical powder as it can irritate the skin.

3 Which of the following sequences of steps is correct for lighting up a Bunsen burner?

A close the air-hole Æ light up the burner Æ turn on the gas tap Æ open the air-hole
B close the air hole Æ turn on the gas tap Æ light up the burner Æ open the air-hole
C open the air-hole Æ light up the burner Æ turn on the gas tap Æ close the air-hole
D open the air hole Æ turn on the gas tap Æ light up the burner Æ close the air-hole

4 The diagram below shows a Bunsen flame. Which part of the flame is the hottest?

B
C
D
Bunsen burner

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
230
 3

5 Which of the following is the correct reason why crystallisation is used to obtain sugar from
sugar solution, instead of evaporation by direct heating?

A Sugar decomposes into carbon and water upon direct heating.

B Sugar obtained by direct heating is less pure than the sugar obtained by crystallisation.
C The amount of sugar obtained by direct heating is less than the amount of sugar obtained
by crystallisation.
D The time taken to obtain sugar through direct heating is longer than crystallisation.

6 The diagram below shows a set-up to separate a mixture of salt, sesame seed and water.

X
W

Which of the following correctly identifies the labels W, X, Y and Z after the separation?

W X Y Z
A sesame seed
filter funnel salt solution beaker
suspension
B filter funnel sesame seeds conical flask salt solution
C sesame seed
filter paper salt solution beaker
suspension
D filter paper sesame seeds conical flask salt solution

7 An unknown substance (X) is suspected to be one of four substances, L, M, N or O.

Chromatography was carried out using two different solvents, and the chromatograms are
shown below.

X L M N O X L M N O

Using water as solvent Using alcohol as solvent

From the chromatograms, deduce the identity of X.

A It must be L.
B It must be M.
C It must be N.
D It must be O.
[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
231
 4

8 The diagram below shows the length of the side of a cube.

3 cm

What is the volume of the cube, expressed in SI unit?

A 0.000027 m3
B 0.0009 m3
C 9 cm3
D 27 cm3

9 A student used a pair of vernier calipers to measure the external diameter of a beaker. The
diagram below shows the measurement obtained.

Given that the vernier calipers have a negative zero error of value –0.07 cm, what is the actual
diameter of the beaker?

A 9.95 cm
B 10.02 cm
C 10.09 cm
D 10.27 cm

Refer to the diagram below for Questions 10 and 11.

An experiment was set up to measure the volume of an object by displacement method.

10 What is the volume of the water before and after the object is fully submerged in the water?

Before After
A 53 cm3 102 cm3
B 54 cm3 103 cm3
C 80 cm3 120 cm3
D 90 cm3 130 cm3

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
232
 5

11 Which one of the following situations will make displacement method unsuitable for
measuring the volume of the object?

A When the liquid is changed from water to oil.

B When the liquid is not colourless.
C When the object has a lower density than the liquid.
D When the object is insoluble in the liquid.

12 Which of the following contains an element, a compound and a mixture?

A air, carbon and salt

B air, tap water and tea
C carbon dioxide, salt and sugar
D carbon, iron and oxygen

13 Which of the following diagrams represents a mixture of molecules of a compound and

molecules of an element?

A B

C D

14 How many atoms can be found in a molecule of potassium dichromate, K 2 Cr 2 O 7 ?

A 3
B 4
C 11
D 12

15 Which of the following pairs of substances will form a solution when mixed?

A carbon dioxide and lime water

B oil and water
C pepper and water
D salt and water

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
233
 6

Refer to the diagram below for Questions 16 and 17.

The diagram shows the solubility of substances S and T at different temperatures.

Solubility substance S
(amount of 1
100
substance (g)
dissolved in 100g of
water) 80

60

substance T
40

20

0 Temperature of
0 20 40 60 80 100 water (°C)

16 At which temperature does substances S and T have the same solubility in water?

A 0 °C
B 40 °C
C 60 °C
D 100 °C

17 What is the solubility of substance T in 50 g of water when the temperature is 60 °C?

A 20 g
B 40 g
C 50 g
D 100 g

Refer to the diagram below for Questions 18 and 19.

The diagram shows a specialised cell, obtained from the small intestine, which plays a role in the
absorption of digested food.

X
V
Y

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
234
 7

18 Which of the labelled structures is partially permeable?

A structure V
B structure W
C structure Y
D structure Z

19 Which of the labelled structures stores food and water?

A structure V
B structure X
C structure Y
D structure Z

20 The diagram below shows four structures in a human being with each representing a level of
organization of life.

structure 1 structure 2 structure 3 structure 4

note: the structures are not drawn to scale

Which of the following correctly identifies the level of organization of life that these structures
belong to?

structure 1 structure 2 structure 3 structure 4

A cell organ tissue system
B cell system tissue organ
C tissue system cell organ
D tissue organ cell system

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
235
 8

Section B (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided on the question booklet.

1 (a) Complete the table below by naming the Globally Harmonized System (GHS)
symbols shown. [2]

(b) In the table below, draw a two-dimensional diagram of each piece of the following
apparatus. [2]

(i) (ii)

beaker tripod stand

2 The diagrams below show the results of two test tubes after each was moved 20 times in
and out of two types of Bunsen flames.

test tube X.. test tube Y..

black stains

Diagram 2.1 Diagram 2.2

(a) What are the black stains on the surface of test tube X? [1]

(b) Identify the type of Bunsen flame used in diagrams 2.1 and 2.2. [2]

Diagram 2.1 :

Diagram 2.2 :

(c) State one other difference between the two types of Bunsen flames. [1]

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
236
 9

(d) Give two safety measures that one must follow when heating a solution in a test tube
over the Bunsen flame. [2]

Safety measure 1 :

Safety measure 2 :

3 Five athletes have been suspected of taking banned drugs, erythropoietin and steroid, to
enhance their performance in the Olympics Games.

During the investigation, chromatography was done on their urine samples to detect
whether the drugs were present. The diagram below shows the chromatogram for the two
drugs and the five urine samples.

Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ
Ɣ
× × × × × × ×
steroid
erythropoietin

athlete Z
athlete W
athlete V

athlete X

athlete Y
starting line

(a) Which athlete(s) took the drug, erythropoietin? [1]

(b) Which of the drugs is a pure substance? [1]

(c) During the testing process, the urine sample of athlete X was contaminated with
another athlete’s urine sample.

Which urine sample (V, W, Y or Z) was the one that contaminated urine sample X? [1]

(d) Explain why the starting line cannot be drawn with a pen. [2]

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
237
 10

4 Chris accidentally mixed three substances, P, Q and R, in the laboratory. The properties
of the 3 substances are stated in the table below.

Substance P Substance Q Substance R

Attracted to a magnet? No Yes No
Soluble in alcohol? No Yes Yes
Soluble in water? Yes No Yes

The statements below describe the steps that Chris could do to get back dried
substance R.

Fill in the blanks or circle the correct answers to complete the statements. [5]

Step 1 : Use a magnet to remove substance from the mixture.

Step 2 : Add alcohol / water (circle one) into the remaining mixture and stir to dissolve

substance .

Step 3 : Separate the mixture through a filtration / chromatography / distillation /

evaporation (circle one) set-up. Substance will be trapped on the filter

paper as while substance will flow through

as .

Step 4 : the alcohol / water (circle one) to obtain dried substance R.

5 (a) Define an element. [1]

(b) The diagram below shows the outline of a Periodic Table.

P S

Q
T

(i) State the Group and Period of Element Q. [2]

Group : Period :

(ii) List all the elements (P, Q, R, S, T) that are good conductors of electricity. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
238
 11

(iii) With reference to the Periodic Table on Page 15, state the name of
Element R and write down its chemical symbol. [2]

Name :

Chemical symbol :

(c) Christina performed an experiment as shown below.

substance 1 substance 2

+
substance 3

After heating and cooling down

substance 4

When heating substance 3 with a strong flame, she noticed that it gave off a bright
light. After cooling down, substance 4 was formed.

The properties of substances 1, 2, 3 and 4 are shown in the table below.

Substance Attracted to a magnet? Appearance

1 no yellow powder
2 yes black powder
3 some parts yes, some parts no yellowish-black powder
4 no black solid

(i) Is substance 4 a compound or mixture? [1]

(ii) Is substance 3 a compound or mixture? [1]

(iii) Explain your answer for c(ii). [1]

(iv) State one other difference between a compound and mixture. [1]

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
239
 12

Section C (30 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided on the question booklet.

1 Solid A with a dimension of 4 cm by 4 cm by 4 cm has a corner chipped off. The corner

which was chipped off (solid B) has a mass of 4.32 g.
Solid B is then submerged in a measuring cylinder containing water as shown below.

Solid A
measuring cylinder
28.9 cm3
25.3 cm3
4 cm

4 cm Solid B
4 cm

(a) Find the volume of solid B. [1]

(b) Calculate the density of solid B. [2]

(c) Calculate the mass of the remaining solid A after being chipped off. [3]

(d) Explain why solid A and solid B have the same density. [1]

(e) Define density. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
240
 13

(f) Using the concept of density, explain how a hot air balloon works. [2]

2 John noticed that 5 g of fine sugar dissolved quickly in 200 ml of water at 40 °C when the
mixture was stirred continuously.

(a) John concluded that the sugar-water mixture is a solution after doing three tests.
Write down what he had observed in the tests. [3]

Test Observation
Look at the mixture to see
Test 1
whether it is clear or cloudy.

Test 2 Filter the mixture

Let the mixture stand for

Test 3
30 minutes.

(b) Describe two ways to decrease the rate of dissolving of sugar in water. Explain your
answer. [4]

(c) When John repeated the experiment with 50 g of fine sugar, he observed that
there was some sugar remaining at the bottom of the beaker.

(i) State what could have happened to the mixture. [1]

(ii) Suggest two ways to make the remaining sugar in c(i) dissolve in the water. [2]

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
241
 14

3 (a) The diagram below shows a typical plant cell.

X

V Y

W
Z

Diagram 3.1

(i) Identify the labelled structures V to Z. [5]

V : Y :

W : Z :

X :

(ii) Name two structures that cannot be found in animal cells. [2]

(b) The diagram below shows a root hair cell obtained from the root of a plant.

Diagram 3.2

(i) Compare the cells in diagrams 3.1 and 3.2, and identify the structure that is
missing in the root hair cell. [1]

(ii) Explain why the root hair cell does not have the structure identified in (b)(i). [2]

End of Paper

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
242
 15

[Turn over
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
243
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
244
2018_MYE_1E_LSS_ANSWER KEY

Section A
1. D 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. C 10. C
11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. D
A: 5 B: 5 C: 6 D: 4

Deduct 1 mark from the total mark if a student makes any of the following mistakes in scientific drawings.
x Did not use a pencil
x Did not use a ruler when straight lines are required
x Lines are broken/fuzzy
Deduct 1 mark from the total mark if the student did not leave the answer in 3.s.f. or forget to put units.

Section B
Question Answer Marks
Explosive
1
a Corrosive
1
spelling mistake: deduct 0.5m from overall 1(a)

b i 1
1

ii 1

a Soott 1
Diagram
Di
D iaggraam 2.1: Luminous
LLuumi
mn noo
ous flame mee 1
b
Diagram
D
Di aaggra
ram 2.2:
2..2:
2 .2 Non-luminous
No on-lu
umino no
n ous
us flame
fla
lame sp
spelling
pel
ellililing
ng m
mistake:
istake deduct 0.5m from overall 2(b) 1
An
ny of
Any of the
hee ffollowing
ollo
ol lowiin
nggp o nt
oi nts
points
x Non-luminous
Non-lu
No lumi
lu m no ous
us fflame
la m
la mee is hott ter tthan
hotter han luminous
ha l mi
lu flame.
c 1
x Non-luminous
No
on-lu
lu
ummiinnoous
us flame
fllaamee iiss st
stea
eadi
ea d er tha
steadier than luminous flame.

wo of the
Any two he following
fol
ollo
lowi
lo w ng or
o logical points
x Use a te
test
st ttube
ube hoholder to hold onto the test tube.
2
x Ensurere that the
t solution is not flammable.
x Wear safety goggle.
x Ensure that the mouth of the test tube is pointed away from people.
d x Do not fill test tube to the brim with the solution. 2
x Long hair needs to be tie back
x Ensure that there is no lose item/fittings on the body (e.g. lanyard, tie)

Note: General safety rules that are not related to heating will not be accepted (e.g. Do not eat
and drink in the lab)

a V and Y (no half mark) 1

b steroid 1
3
c Z 1
d Pen ink can dissolve in the solvent, [1] hence, affecting the results. [1] 2

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
245
2018_MYE_1E_LSS_ANSWER KEY

x Use a magnet to remove substance Q from the mixture.

x Add alcohol to the remaining mixture and stir to dissolve substance R.
x Pour the mixture through a filtration set-up. Substance P will be trapped on the 0.5m
4
each
filter paper as residue while substance R will flow through as filtrate.
x Evaporate the alcohol to get back dried substance R.

A pure substance that cannot be broken down into simpler substances by chemical
a 1
method.
i Group: II Period: 6
2
(1m each) Do not award if student use “2” instead of “II”; and “VI” instead of 6.
b
ii P, Q and R 1
iii Copper; Cu (1m
1m eeach)
a h)
ac 2
i Compound 1
ii Mixture 1
iii It retains the properties of its components (substances
ubstances 1 and
and 2).
2) .
2)

Accept if students convey above point byy stating

sta
t tingg tthe
he characteristics
he cha
haraacctter
e istics
cs 1
sh-blacck,
k which
(e.g. substance 3 is yellowish-black, whiicch
h iss a mixture
miixt
m xtur
ure ofof the
the characteristics
cha
hara
ract
ra cteristics of 1
ct
5 (yellow) and 2 (black))
iv Any one of the answer:
wer:

c Co
C ompou
mpo nd
mp
Compound d M ixturre
Mixture
Madee u upp of ttwo
wo or
wo or more
moree different
diff
di ffer
ffer
erenent M
Ma
Made ade
de up of ttwo
w of
wo of mo
m
morere ssubstances
elements
elem
mene tss chemically
cch e iccalllyy combined
hem com
ombi n d together
bine togegetth
ge her
er (elements
elleementss or compounds)
((e o poun add together
com
Cannot
Ca
C annott be
be sepa
separated
paarated easily
p eeaasi
silyy using
ussiing
ng Can be sseparated
eparated easily using physical
ep
1
physical
phys
ph ysiccal
ys a method
metthohod method
Chemical
C
Ch emmic
icall rre
reaction/Energy
eaction n/En
/E n
/E neerg
rgy change
change iss
ch No chemical
che reaction/energy change is
involved during
in dur
urin
rin the
ing tthhe foformation
ormattio n of
ion involved during the formation of
cco
om mp p
po
compound ound mixture
Mustt be
be formed
f rm
fo rmed d with h a fi
fixe
fixed
x d propproportion Can be formed with any proportion of
of its
tss elements
ele
leme
m nts its components

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
246
2018_MYE_1E_LSS_ANSWER KEY

Section C
Question Answer Marks
3
a 28.9 – 25.3 = 3.6 cm ----------- (1m for answer) 1

Density = 4.32/3.6 -------- (1m for applying formula correctly: mass/(a) )

b 2
= 1.2 g/cm3 ------ (1m for correct answer; allow ecf if is due wrong value of (a))
Volume of A = (4x4x4) – 3.6
= 60.4 cm3 ------ (1m for answer; allow ecf if is due to wrong value of(a))

c Mass = 60.4 x 1.2 --------- (1m for working: volume of A X (b)) 3

= 72.5 g -------------- (1m for answer; allow ecf provided that previous 2 working mark
1
are awarded)

d Solid A and Solid B is made of the same material. 1

e Density is defined as mass per unit volume. 1
When the air in the balloon is heated, the hot air becomes
ecomes les less dense
esss de
es dens
nsee th
ns than the
outside air. [1]
f 2
This causes the hot air balloon to rise as a result of den
density
en difference
nssiittyy d ferencce between
ifffe betw
be een the
twee
tw ee
hot air inside the balloon and the cold outside
old airr ou
o the
tsidee th balloon.
he ba
b alllloo
oon. [1]

Observation
Obse
Observattio
se ionn
Look at the tth
he mixture
mixtxtture toto see
see
Test 1 clear
whether
whheetther itt iiss clear
clea
clea
clear or o ccloudy.
lo
oud
udyy..
a 3
Test
est 2 FFilter
Fiilt
lter
e the hee mixtu
mixture
ttu
urree no residue o
no on
n the
t e ffilter
th ilter paper
p
Let
Le the
et tth mixture
he mi
m xttur sstands
u e stan
st ands ffor
tan or 3
or 300 nothing
nothinng se
sett
settled
ttled
tt d do
down on the
Test
Te
estt 3
minutes.
mi
m inu
nutetes.s bottom
bot

Way
Wa
W ay Re
RReason
e
eas
ason
as o
2
Use
Usse co
ccoarse
arsee ssugar
ugar
arr TTo
oddecrease
ecreas
asee th
as tthe
e surfa
surface area to volume ratio of the sugar.
Lower
Lowe
weer
w the
th
he
b sugar
su
uga aand
garr an water molecules will move slower
d wa 6
temperature
emppereratture
Long
Longer time for water molecules to reach the covered
Do not stir
sti
tir the mixture
mixt
mi xtur
xture
ur
sugar
(1 point = 1m)
i The mixture
ure is sa
satuated. 2
c ii 1) Increase the temperature of the water to higher than 40 °C.
2
2) Increase the volume of water to more than 200 ml.

V : nucleus Y : cell membrane

i W : large central vacuole Z : cell wall 5
a
X : chloroplast :
3 ii large central vacuole (W), chloroplsat (X) OR cell wall (Z) (any 2) 2
i chloroplast OR structure X 1
ii x Root hair cell is not expose to sunlight/buried underground/buried in soil,
b
x hence, it does not carry out photosynthesis/does not need chloroplasts to capture 2
sunlight.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
247
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
248
 Class Index No.
Name:

Jurong West Secondary School

Mid-Year Examinations 2018

75
LOWER SECONDARY SCIENCE
Secondary One Express 08 May 2018
0800 – 0930
1 h 30 min
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your name, class and index number on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams, graphs, tables or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.

The use of an approved scientific calculator is expected, where appropriate.

You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.

Section A
There are twenty questions. Answer all questions.
For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D. Choose the one you
consider correct and record your choice in the boxes provided on Page 2.
Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong answer.
Any rough working should be done in this question paper.

Section B and C
Answer all questions in the spaces provided. The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at
the end of each question or part question.

A copy of the Periodic table is provided on page 20.

After checking of answer script For Examiner’s Use

Checked by Signature Date Section A
Student
Section B

Section C

Total

This document consists of 20 printed pages.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
249
 2

Section A: Multiple Choice (20 marks)

Answer all questions. For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in the boxes below.

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

A6 A7 A8 A9 A10

A11 A12 A13 A14 A15

A16 A17 A18 A19 A20

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
250
 3

A1 The diagram shows some water in a measuring cylinder, and the same measuring
cylinder with a stone completely immersed in the water.

What is the volume of the stone?

A 50 cm3 B 60 cm3 C 70 cm3 D 130 cm3

A2 What is the reading shown on the micrometer screw gauge?

A 0.23 mm B 2.523 mm C 2.73 mm D 5.23 mm

A3 What is the reading shown on the Vernier callipers?

A 1.46 cm B 1.66 cm C 2.12 cm D 2.26 cm

A4 A scientist reported a new discovery. A few scientists did not agree with the results of
the new discovery. What is the best thing the rest of the scientists can do?

A Have other scientists repeat the scientist’s experiments.

B Ignore the scientists who disagree with the discovery.
C Reject the discovery that was reported.
D Take a vote to decide who is correct.

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
251
 4

Read the description of the experiment in the box below to answer questions A5 and A6.

x 120 pea seeds were put in petri dishes covered with moist paper towels.
x Each petri dish was wrapped inside a black plastic bag.
x The seeds in their petri dishes were then divided into 3 groups.
x 1 group of 40 pea seeds were placed in an incubator set to 20°C.
x Another group of 40 seeds were placed in an incubator set to 30°C.
x The last group of seeds were placed in an incubator set to 40°C.

A5 In this experiment, what was the independent variable?

A Amount of light
B Amount of moisture
C Temperature of the incubator
D The number of pea seeds

A6 Which of the following was the likely aim of this experiment?

A To determine if pea seeds can germinate without light.

B To determine if petri dishes are suitable for germinating pea seeds.
C To determine if temperature of the incubator can be adjusted.
D To determine if temperature affects the germination of pea seeds.

A7 The mass and volume of three liquids are measured.

liquid mass / g volume / cm3

corn syrup 10.8 10
salad oil 23.0 25
vinegar 30.3 30

What is the difference in density between the least dense and densest liquids listed in
the table?

A 0.07 g/cm3 B 0.09 g/cm3 C 0.16 g/cm3 D 1.08 g/cm3

A8 The diagram shows a rectangular block.

The density of the block is 2.5 g/cm3. What is the mass of the block?

A 18 g B 24 g C 50 g D 150 g

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
252
 5

A9 When a car stops suddenly, a passenger inside the car tends to keep moving because
of his ______.

A inertia B mass C volume D weight

A10 Sam conducts an experiment to see if a marble floats or sinks in some liquids. His results
are shown in the table.

liquid marble
P sinks
Q floats
R floats
S sinks

Based on this data, what is the best conclusion?

A The marble is denser than all the four liquids.

B Liquid P has the same density as liquid S.
C Liquid P is denser than liquid Q.
D Liquid R is denser than liquid S.

A11 Which of the following are examples of animal cells?

1 2 3 4

A 1 and 2 B 1 and 4
C 2, 3 and 4 D 1, 2, 3 and 4

A12 Which of the following is not true?

A An organ is made up of one type of cell working together.

B Tissues are made up of similar cells with the same function working together.
C An organ system is made up of many organs working together.
D An organ is a group of different tissues working together.

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
253
 6

For questions A13 and A14, refer to the animal cell below.

Z
Y

A13 What is the function of X and Y?

Function of X Function of Y
A storage of dissolved substances carry out aerobic respiration
B storage of dissolved substances place for chemical reactions
C carry out aerobic respiration provide energy for the cell
D carry out aerobic respiration place for chemical reactions

A14 What is Z?

A nucleus B cytoplasm
C cell wall D cell membrane

A15 A light microscope was used to observe a cell under a total magnification of 400×. The
magnification of the ocular lens used is 10×.
What is the magnification of the objective lens used?

A 4× B 40× C 400× D 4000×

A16 When air is heated, it expands because

A the air molecules are getting bigger.

B the number of air molecules increases.
C the air molecules are moving faster and further apart.
D the air molecules move at the same speed but further apart.

A17 Which of the following is not true?

A Compounds are made up of two or more elements.

B Matter can be made up of atoms and molecules.
C Non-metallic elements are found on the left side of the Periodic Table.
D The Periodic Table consists of only elements.

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
254
 7

A18 Substance T is made up of elements hydrogen and oxygen and the particles of T are
arranged as shown below.
oxygen

hydrogen

Which of the following is not true?

A T comprises molecules only.

B T does not have a fixed melting point.
C T has properties different from those of hydrogen and oxygen.
D T is made up of hydrogen and oxygen combined in a specific ratio.

For questions A19 and A20, refer to the table below showing the melting and boiling points of
four substances A to D.

Substance Melting point / °C Boiling point / °C

A 44 890
B 98 180
C –39 357
D –112 –18

A19 Which substance exists as a liquid over the smallest range of temperature?

A20 Which of the substance(s) is/are a solid at room temperature of 25°C?

A A only B C only
C A and B D C and D

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
255
 8

Section B: Structured Questions (35 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

B1 (a) Write the names of the apparatus represented by the following diagrams. [2]

diagram name of apparatus

(b) State what the following GHS symbols mean. [2]

GHS symbol meaning

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
256
 9

B2 Fig. 2 shows a part of an animal cell.

Fig. 2

(a) The function of structure X is to synthesize proteins. State the name of X.

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(b) For X to synthesize proteins quickly, it needs instructions that can only be obtained
from DNA which is found in structure Y.
(i) State the name of structure Y and describe its main function.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(ii) If structure Y is damaged, suggest what might happen to the cell.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
257
 10

B3 Fig. 3 shows the cell wall and nucleus of a plant cell.

Fig. 3

(a) Draw an arrow to show and label the cell structure

(i) which stores dissolved substances,
(ii) which contains chlorophyll. [1]

(b) A cell structure is not labelled in Fig. 3. This structure is partially permeable. Describe
the function of this cell structure.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(c) Using ideas of cell structures, explain why an elephant requires a skeleton but a rain
tree does not.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(d) A student states, “All plant cells contain chlorophyll.”

State, giving a reason, whether you agree with this statement.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
258
 11

B4 (a) Describe the arrangement of the particles in a solid substance.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(b) The substance is heated until it melts and then boils to form a gas.

(i) Explain why heat has to be supplied in order to melt the substance.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(ii) Describe the changes in the arrangement of the particles when the substance is
in the gaseous state.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
259
 12

B5 Fig. 5 shows water droplets forming on the side of a cup that was taken out from the
refrigerator.

Fig. 5

(a) Using ideas involving heat gain or loss, explain how the water droplets are formed.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(b) Describe the change in the forces of attraction between the water particles during the
formation of the water droplets.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
260
 13

B6 A mixture is prepared using the steps shown below.

1) Mix 10 g of sand and 10 g of fine sugar with 50 cm3 of water.

2) Stir the mixture.
3) Filter the mixture using the appropriate apparatus.

(a) State what is the filtrate in step 3.

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(b) If the fine sugar in step 1 is replaced with sugar cubes, state and explain how this will
affect the rate of dissolving the sugar.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(c) Two students, Donald and Daisy, are discussing how to speed up the rate of
dissolving sugar in this experiment.
Donald suggested using 200 cm3 of water.
Daisy suggested using 100 cm3 of hot water.
For each suggestion, state and explain if it will lead to a faster rate of sugar dissolving.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
261
 14

B7 The table in Fig. 7 shows diagrams of the particles of some elements and compounds.
Some parts of the table have been filled up.

Atom or Element or
Substance Diagram
Molecule? Compound?

A Element

D Atom

Fig. 7

(a) Explain what is meant by a compound.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(b) Complete the table in Fig. 7 by filling in all the blanks. [2]

(c) State whether substance D is a solid, liquid or gas. ……….………………..[1]

(d) Substance B, which is brown, was added to substance C, which is blue. As a result,
a white solid is formed with some heat given out.
State and explain whether a compound or a mixture has been formed.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
262
 15

Section C: Longer Structured Questions (20 marks)

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided.

C1 (a) The melting points of some Group 1 metals are shown in Fig. 1.1.

Melting
point /°C

Types of metal
Fig. 1.1

(i) Caesium has a melting point of 30°C. On Fig. 1.1, draw a bar to show this
information. [1]

(ii) A computer chip requires metals in the solid state to function. If the maximum
temperature the chip operates at is 80°C, which metal(s) listed above is/are
suitable for use in the computer chip?

………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(iii) Look up the positions of the metals in the Periodic Table and state the relationship
between melting point and the position of the metal.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
263
 16

(b) When a mass is attached to a spring, the spring stretches. Leela conducts an
experiment where she hangs different masses on the same spring and then measures
the length the spring is stretched for each mass.
Fig 1.2 shows how the experiment is set up.

Fig. 1.2

Table 1.3 shows the results of Leela’s experiment.

attached mass / g stretched length / cm

100 2.0
200 4.2
300 6.4
400 8.5
450 9.6
500 10.6

Table 1.3

[Question continues on the next page

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
264
 17

(i) Plot a graph of stretched length of the spring against the attached mass.
Write the axis labels in the boxes provided and draw the best-fit line for your
graph.

[3]

(ii) State the relationship between the mass attached and the length the spring is
stretched.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(iii) Use your graph to determine the mass attached to the spring which will stretch
the spring by 5.0 cm.

attached mass = ……………….g [1]

(iv) Suggest what Leela can do to read the length of the spring more accurately.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
265
 18

C2 (a) Define inertia.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[1]

(b) A space shuttle carrying a big satellite is moving through space. To stop its motion,
the shuttle fires its retro rockets for 30 seconds.
If the space shuttle is empty, state and explain whether the shuttle needs to fire its
retro rockets for a longer, shorter or same amount of time to stop its motion.

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

(c) Fig. 2.1 shows an experiment conducted to find the densities of a stone and a wooden
block. The different stages of the experiment are shown.

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Fig. 2.1

At each stage, the total mass of the set-up and the volume of the water level are
measured. Table 2.2 shows the data collected for each of the three stages.

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Mass 63.6 g 142.8 g 164.3 g

Volume of water level 40 cm3 76 cm3 103 cm3

Table 2.2
[Question continues on the next page

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
266
 19

From the data given,

(i) find the density of the stone,

density of stone = …………………..g/cm3 [3]

(ii) find the density of the wooden block.

density of wooden block = …………………..g/cm3 [2]

(iii) explain why the stone is needed to find the density of the wooden block. The
density of water is 1.00 g/cm3.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….[2]

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
267
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
268
 20

JWSS Mid-Year Examinations 2018 Lower Secondary Science Secondary 1E

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
269
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
270
 Jurong West Secondary School
MYE 2018

S1E SCIENCE MARK SCHEME

Section A

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10
B C B A C D C D A D
A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20
C A D D B C C B B C

Section B
B1 (a)

ffilter
iillte
ter funnel
funn
funnel

wire
wire gauze
e

cconical flask

All correct – 2 mks

2 correct – 1 mk

(b)

irritant

health hazard

1 mk for each correct answer

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
271
B2 (a) ribosomes [1]

(b) (i) nucleus [1]

controls cell activities [1]

(ii) cell cannot function properly OR cell cannot reproduce [1]

B3 (a)

Both correct [1]

ell
(b) controls substances entering or leaving the cell [1]

(c) rain tree has plant cells which have cell walls to o provide
prov
pr ovid
ov ide support
id su
supp
upp
ppor
ortt
or [1]
animal cells in elephant do not have cell wal
alllss so
walls so ccannot
annot provide
an prov
pr ovid
ov ide support
id supp [1]

(d) disagree [1]

o not receive
those cells that do rre
ece
ceiv
ive sunlight
su ht need
ht need
d not
n t have
no ha
ave chlorophyll
chl
hllor
orop
o hyll
op [1]

ely packed
B4 (a) closely pa
p ackedd [1]
regula
la
ar / orderly
regular orde
ord rlly arrangement
arrra
a rang
ge
em
meen
nt [1]

(b)) ((i
i) h
(i) heeat energy
heat ene
neerg
rgyy iss required
requi
uiire
red to
to overcome
ovveerc
r co
om
me the
the forces
f rces of attraction between the
fo
p
paartic
rtic
rt icle
les
particles [1]
sso
o that
tha
hat tth
ha he particles
the pa
p artrtic
icle
ic es brbreak fr
break free
ee ffrom
rom their
th fixed positions OR until they can
sslide
sllid
ide p pa
asstt e
past acch
ac
each ho otther
other [1]

(ii) pa
artic
rtiicccle
rt
particlesless beco
le come
come far
become far apart
ap [1]
orderly arrangement
arra
ar rang
rangemen changes to disorderly
ng [1]

B5 (a) water vapour in air condenses on cup [1]

by losing heat to the cup [1]

(b) forces of attraction between particles are very weak in water vapour [1]
they become stronger when water is formed [1]

B6 (a) sugar solution (no marks for sugar) [1]

(b) rate is slower [1]

surface area in contact with water is reduced when in cube form [1]

(c) Donald’s suggestion does not work as increasing volume does not affect rate
of dissolving [1]
2

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
272
 Daisy’s suggestion will work as increasing temperature speeds up rate of
dissolving [1]

B7 (a) substance formed when two or more elements are chemically joined together
[1]

(b) A – atom, B – molecule, C – molecule all correct [1]

B – element, C – compound, D – element all correct [1]

(c) liquid [1]

(d) compound formed [1]

product colour is different OR heat is given out [1]

Section C
C1 (a) (i) bar at caesium to correct value of 30 [1]
(ii) lithium and sodium [1]
n in group 1,,
(iii) The lower the metal’s position [1]
nt
the lower the melting point [1]

(b) (i) correct axis labelsels wwiiith

withth un
th nits for both
units bo
otth [1]
orrect plots
at least 5 correct pllot
p ots [1]
best-fitt straight
straig
ig
ght line
lin
ne [1]

i) Wh
(ii) hen
e mas
When ss increases,
mass in
ncr
c ea
ease
ses,
s, length
lengt
eng h the
en tth
he spring
ssp
pri
ring
ng is stretched
stre
retc
retche
tche
ed increases
incr [1]

(i ) a
(iii)
(i an
nswerr based
answer bas
ased
d on do
ott
tted
d line
dotted lin
ne cco
orrrrectly
r
correctly y drawn
draw
dr awn
aw [1]

(i
iv)
v) ttake
(iv) ake
ke reading
re
ea
adi
d ngg at
at eye-level
eyye-le
e leve
level to avoid
avo
voidd parallax
paral error OR bring ruler nearer to
thhe spring
the s ring
sp ng to
ng to reduce
redu
re duce
c chance
cha
hanc
ha
anc
ncee of
o parallax
par error [1]

ctan
nce
c to change
C2 (a) reluctance chan
change
ang object’s
obj state of rest or motion [1]

(b) shorter time [1]

ea smaller mass so smaller inertia
empty means [1]

(c) (i) evidence of m = 79.2 g and V = 36 cm3 [1]

D = m/V [1]
= 2.2 g/cm3 [1]

(ii) evidence of m = 21.5 g and V = 27 cm3 [1]

D = 0.796 g/cm3 [1]

(iii) wooden block is less dense than water so it floats on water [1]
stone is needed to make the wooden block completely sink in water to
measure its total volume [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
273
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
274
Name 1Register Number Class Calculator Model

MANJUSRI SECONDARY SCHOOL

MID-YEAR EXAMINATION 2018

Subject: Lower Secondary Science
Paper: Physics and Biology
Level: Secondary 1 Express
Date: 10 May 2018
Duration: 2 hours
Setter: Dr Mubarak and Ms Muna Ali

Additional Materials: Optical Answer Sheet (OTAS)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Name, Register Number and Class in the spaces provided at the top of this page.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Section A: Multiple Choice Questions [40 marks]

There are forty questions in this section.
For each question there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the answer you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the separate
Answer Sheet provided.

Section B: Structured Questions [40 marks]

Answer all the questions. Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.

Section C: Structured Questions [20 marks]

Answer all the questions. Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.

The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

For Examiner’s Use

Physics Biology
Section A 20 20
Section B 20 20
Section C 10 10
Subtotal 50 50
Total 100

This paper consists of 29 printed pages and 3 blank pages, including the cover page.
LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
275
 2

Section A
Answer all questions.

A1 Which one of the following sets shows only the symbols of SI units?

A kg, kg/m3, s, K

B g, cm, g/cm3, oC

C kg, cm, s, oC

D g, km, m/s, oF

A2 A quantity is quoted as having a value of 6.2 ms.

In what units is it measured?

A metres

B metres per second

C microseconds

D milliseconds

A3 The diagram below shows a vernier scale.

cm

What is the reading shown?

A 2.02 cm

B 2.10 cm

C 2.20 cm

D 3.10 cm

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
276
 3

A4 The diagram below shows part of a micrometer screw gauge.

What is the reading shown on the scale?

A 9.48 mm B 9.98 mm C 10.98 mm D 19.48 mm

A5 When designing an experiment to find out the volume of an irregular solid, which of the
following apparatus can be used?

A displacement can

B displacement can and measuring cylinder

C displacement can and test tube

D round-bottomed flask

A6 The diagram below shows a measuring cylinder containing water. From which position will
the most accurate reading of the volume of the water be made?

A position 1

B position 2

C position 3

D position 4

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
277
 4

A7 A pupil has to find the volume of a cork by using a measuring cylinder. The cork floats, so he
uses a stone to keep it under the water. He then measures the volume of the stone. The
results for each stage of the experiment are shown.

48.5 cm3
41.5 cm3

20.0 cm3 24.0 cm3

water water and cork water, cork and stone water and stone

What is the volume of the cork?

A 4.0 cm3 B 5.0 cm3 C 7.0 cm3 D 8.0 cm3

A8 A measuring cylinder containing some water stands on a scale pan. A solid ball is lowered
into the water.

The water level rises from the 30 cm3 mark to the 40 cm3 mark.

The scale reading increases from 100 g to 180 g.

40 cm3 mark
30 cm3 mark

What is the density of the material of the ball?

A 0.125 g/cm3 B 4.5 g/cm3 C 8.0 g/cm3 D 18 g/cm3

A9 Which statement correctly describes the mass of an object?

A The pull of gravity on the object.

B The material from which the object is made.

C The amount of space taken up by the object.

D The amount of substance the object contains.

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
278
 5

A10 When force is applied to a body, several effects are possible.

Which of the following effects could not occur?

A The body rotates.

B The body speeds up.

C The mass of the body decreases.

D The pressure on the body increases.

A11 A brick is placed on a spring balance X and then on a beam balance Y.

balance X balance Y

brick brick

What is measured by each balance?

balance X balance Y

A weight mass

B weight weight

C mass mass

D mass weight

A12 Jane, a school librarian, finds it easier to use a trolley to move boxes of books around the
library.

Which force is reduced due to the usage of the trolley?

A contact force

B frictional force

C gravitational force

D magnetic force

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
279
 6

A13 The diagram below shows four forces acting on a block.

What is the resultant force?

A 0N

B 5 N to the left

C 6 N to the right

D 11 N to the right

A14 The diagram shows a glass block resting on a table top.

area X of
block

area Y of
table top

The area of the block in contact with the table is X and the area of the table top is Y.

The weight of the block is P and the weight of the table is Q.

Which expression gives the pressure exerted on the table by the block?

A ܲ B ܲ C ܳ D ܳ
ܺ ܻ ܺ ܻ

A15 Objects with different weights are placed on a rigid, horizontal surface.

Which row shows the correct pressure acting on the surface?

area in pressure /
weight / N
contact / m2 N/m2
A 10 0.1 1

B 20 0.2 0.01

C 30 0.1 300

D 40 0.2 8

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
280
 7

A16 A curved arrow was cut from a uniformly thick piece of cardboard as shown in the diagram.

Which letter is at the centre of gravity of the piece of cardboard?

D
B C

A17 Which diagram shows an application of the turning effect of a force?

A B

C D

A18 If a nut and bolt are difficult to undo, it may be easier to turn the nut by using a longer
spanner.

This is because the longer spanner gives

A a larger turning moment.

B a smaller turning moment.

C less friction.

D more friction.

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
281
 8

A19 A uniform beam is balanced at its midpoint. An object is placed on the beam, as shown.

30 cm

60 N
Which force will rebalance the beam?

A 30 N acting upwards, 60 cm to the left of the midpoint

B 30 N acting upwards, 60 cm to the right of the midpoint

C 45 N acting downwards, 45 cm to the right of the midpoint

D 90 N acting downwards, 20 cm to the left of the midpoint

A20 The diagram shows a wheelbarrow and its load, which have a total weight of 150 N. This is

supported by a vertical force F at the ends of the handles.

150 N

0.50 m 0.75 m

What is the value of F?

A 60 N B 75 N C 100 N D 150 N

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
282
 9

A21 Which of the following cells is responsible for transmitting electrical signals around
the body?

A B

C D

A22 Which of the following is true about the nucleus?

I It controls the repair of cells.

II It regulates cell reproduction.
III It contains genetic material for cellular reproduction.
IV It controls the movement of substances in and out of cells.

A I and III
B I, II and III
C II, III and IV
D All of the above

A23 Michelle notices that there is an additional outer layer of surrounding each plant cell
observed under a light microscope. This additional layer is not present in animal
cells. What is the main function of this additional layer?

A To provide support for the cells.

B To convert light energy into plant food.
C To provide an environment for chemical reactions to occur.
D To control the movement of substances in and out of the cells.

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
283
 10

A24 Below are the descriptions of a specialised cell.

Which of the following describe xylem?

I It is a living cell.
II It transports sugars.
III It has a hollow tube.
IV It has lignified walls.

A I and II only
B I and III only
C II and III only
D III and IV only

A25 A drop of red dye is put into a beaker of water and left for two hours. After two hours,
the red dye has spread throughout the solution.

dye molecules water molecules

Which of the following best describes this observation?

A The red dye molecules move from a region of higher concentration to a region of
lower concentration down the concentration gradient.
B The red dye molecules move from a region of lower concentration to a region of
higher concentration down the concentration gradient.
C The red dye molecules move from a region of higher concentration to a region of
lower concentration against the concentration gradient.
D The red dye molecules move from a region of lower concentration to a region of
higher concentration against the concentration gradient.

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
284
 11

A26 Which of the following is an example of osmosis?

A The breakdown of food substances into simpler substances by enzymes.

B The absorption of water from the intestinal tract from intestines into the blood
vessels.
C The movement of simple food particles from the intestinal tract into the blood
vessels.
D The exchange of useful and waste substances across the partially permeable
intestinal lining.

A27 Sam filled a Visking tubing with distilled water. He weighed the Visking tubing before
and then one hour after placing it in a beaker containing 20% sucrose solution.

20% sucrose solution

Visking tubing containing distilled water

Which of the following will be the expected observation and process responsible after
one hour?

mass of Visking tubing molecules involved direction of movement

A increase water into tubing
B decrease water out of tubing
C increase sucrose into tubing
D decrease sucrose out of tubing

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
285
 12

A28 The diagram below shows the structure of an air sac in a human lung.

oxygen gas
carbon dioxide
gas

red blood cell

air sac

Blood capillary

Which of the following will account for the movement of gases across the air sac?

air sac blood capillary

A high in oxygen high in carbon dioxide
B high in oxygen low in carbon dioxide
C low in oxygen high in carbon dioxide
D low in oxygen low in carbon dioxide

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
286
 13

A29 The diagram below shows a root hair cell in soil.

Soil particles

cellulose cell wall

root hair cell

nucleus
vacuole
(contains
cell sap)

Which of the following will account for the water potential of cell sap compared to the
soil and movement of water molecules across the cell to ensure its survival?

concentration of cell movement of water

sap compare to the soil molecules
A higher water potential move into cell via osmosis
B higher water potential move out of cell via osmosis
C lower water potential move into cell via osmosis
D lower water potential move out of cell via osmosis

A30 The diagram below shows a blood sample under a microscope. Which component
helps to transport digested food molecules?

B
A

C D

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
287
 14

A31 Anaemia is a condition where a person does not have enough functional red blood
cells in the body. A person suffering from anaemia may

A feel hyperactive.
B feel hungry often.
C feel dizzy and faint.
D have loss of memory.

A32 A red blood cell is biconcave in shape to allow

A more space for oxygen to bind.

B haemoglobin to occupy the space.
C it to squeeze through the small capillaries.
D a greater surface area to volume ratio for efficient absorption of oxygen.

A33 Which of the following statements below correctly describe vascular bundles in
plants?

I They are specialised tissues.

II They carry oxygen within the plant.
III They carry water, mineral salts and food.
IV They can be found throughout the plant in parts such as leaves, stem and roots.

A II and IV only
B I, II and III only
C I, III and IV only
D All of the above

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
288
 15

A34 The diagrams below show the different parts of the plant.

X Y Z

Which of the following correctly identifies the parts of plants shown?

X Y Z
A root stem leaf
B root leaf stem
C leaf root stem
D leaf stem root

A35 What process is responsible for the movement of water in the xylem?

A diffusion
B osmosis
C translocation
D transpiration

A36 The diagram below shows a green plant.

I
II

III

IV

Where will food made by leaf be transported?

A I and II only
B II and III only
C I, II and III only
D I, II, III and IV
LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
289
 16

A37 Which of the following statements best defines a community?

A A group of organisms of the same species that live in an area.

B Many groups of organisms of different species that live in an area.
C Many groups of organisms of different species interacting with each other
and the environment in which they all live in.
D The study of the interactions between many groups of organisms of different
species and the environment in which they all live in.

A38 The graph below shows the global carbon dioxide levels from the year 1900 to 2000.

What can be concluded from the graph?

A The amount of carbon dioxide has increased slowly from 1900 to 2000.
B The amount of carbon dioxide has increased drastically from 1900 to 2000.
C The amount of carbon dioxide has increased slowly from 1900 to 1950 and
increased drastically to 2000.
D The amount of carbon dioxide has increased drastically from 1900 to 1950 and
increased slowly to 2000.

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
290
 17

A39 Energy is lost in a food web as it is transferred from one organism to another.
Which of the following is not a means by which energy is lost?

A defecation
B excretion
C photosynthesis
D respiration

A40 A food chain is shown below.

tree caterpillar X eagle

What is organism X?

A primary producer
B primary consumer
C secondary consumer
D tertiary consumer

END OF SECTION A

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
291
 For
18
Examiner’s
Use
Section B
Answer all questions.

B1 Complete the table by filling in the most suitable instrument that can be used to
measure each of these physical quantities and their respective accuracy.

The first line is done for you.

Measurement Instrument Accuracy

Exactly 36.3 cm3 of water Measuring cylinder 0.1 cm3

Depth of a paper cup

Circumference of a tree

Thickness of copper wire [3]

B2 Convert the following readings to the units indicated. Show your workings clearly.

(a) 0.045 cm = …………………………… m [1]

(b) 3.04 l = …………………………… m l [1]

B3 Fig. 3 shows a pendulum oscillating between positions X and Z. It takes 1.5 s to go

from X to Z and back to the mid-point Y.

X Z

Y
Fig. 3

(a) Determine the period of the pendulum.

period =
[1]

LSS/1NA/MYE/2017
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
292
 19
For
(b) State what you can do to ensure that the measurement of the period of the Examiner’s
Use
pendulum is as accurate as possible during an experiment.

[1]

(c) State one thing you can do to increase the period of the oscillation.

[1]

B4 (a) Fig. 4.1 shows two different types of excavators of the same mass.

excavator A excavator B

caterpillar wheels
tracks

Fig. 4.1

Which excavator is more suitable for operating on soft, muddy ground? Explain
your answer using the concept of pressure.

[2]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
293
 20
For
(b) Fig. 4.2 shows a fork-lift tractor with a mass of 3000 kg transporting a load of Examiner’s
Use
2400 N. The centre of gravity of the tractor is labelled as CG in Fig. 4.2. The
engine of the tractor is switched off and the tractor is slowing down to a stop.

CG

Fig. 4.2

(i) On Fig. 4.2, using the letters f, W, N 1 and N 2 , draw labelled arrows to
show the following:
1. friction between the wheels and the floor, (f)
2. weight of the tractor, (W) and
3. contact force(s) exerted on the tractor by the floor (N 1 and N 2 ). [3]

(ii) Calculate the total weight of the tractor and load, given gravitational field
strength is 10 N/kg.

total weight = [2]

(iii) The contact area of each wheel is 0.80 m2.

Calculate the pressure exerted on the floor by the tractor and load if the
tractor has 4 wheels.

pressure = [2]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
294
 21
For
B5 Fig. 5 shows a crane lifting some bricks during the building of a house. Examiner’s
Use
arm

counterweight

P 20 m

12000 N
Fig. 5
The weight of the bricks produces a turning effect, or moment, on the arm of the
crane about the point P. The weight of the bricks is 12000 N.

(a) Calculate the moment of this force, using the distance marked on Fig. 5.

moment =
[2]

(b) State the direction of the moment caused by the weight of the counterweight
about the pivot P.

[1]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
295
 22
For
B6 Fig.6 below shows the human transport system, which carries blood throughout the Examiner’s
Use
body.
head and arms

lungs

E F
H
G
L M

liver

kidney

capillaries

legs
Fig. 6
(a) Name blood vessels E to H.

H [4]

(b) Which side of the heart, L or M, contains deoxygenated blood? Explain your
answer.

[2]

(c) Explain why capillaries are one-cell thick.

[1]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
296
 23
For
(d) Give two differences between vessels E and F. Examiner’s
Use

[2]

B7 Fig. 7.1 shows a simple food web for an African grassland ecosystem.

lion

zebra vulture gazelle

grass

Fig. 7.1

(a) (i) The vultures feed on the carcasses of dead animals for energy.
State the role of the vultures in this ecosystem.

[1]

(ii) Suggest how the population of vultures will change over a period of time
during a drought (dry season) in the grassland.

[2]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
297
 24
For
(b) The relationship between grass, zebras and lions in the African grassland is Examiner’s
Use
shown in the following Graph 7.2.

Graph of population of grass, zebras and lions against time

Population
size
200

150 grass
zebra
lion
100

0 Time/months
0 10 20 30 40 50

Graph 7.2
(i) State what will happen to the grass population if the number of zebras
increases. Explain your answer clearly.

[1]

(ii) Explain why there are more zebras than lions in the African grassland.

[2]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
298
 25
For
B8 Fig 8.1 shows a young flowering plant placed in a red dye solution for one day. Examiner’s
Use

Fig 8.1
Fig 8.2 shows the cross-section of a plant stem under a light microscope.

Y X

Fig. 8.2
(a) Identify and state the function of regions X and Y.

(i) region X

function

[2]

(ii) region Y

function

[2]

(b) Which region X or Y will be stained with the red dye? Explain your answer.

[1]

END OF SECTION B

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
299
 26
For
Section C Examiner’s
Use
Answer all questions

C1 A measuring cylinder contains 30 cm3 of liquid. When 600 identical spherical polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) pellets are dropped into the liquid, they sink to the bottom and the liquid
level rises to 36 cm3. The density of a PVC pellet is 1.39 g/cm3.

(a) (i) State the density of 600 pellets.

density = [1]

(ii) Determine the mass of 600 pellets.

mass = [2]

(b) Table 9.1 shows the density of three substances.

Substances Density (g/cm3)

paraffin oil (liquid) 0.80

carbon tetrachloride (liquid) 1.60

glycerine (liquid) 1.26

Table 9.1

An equal volume of the three liquids in Fig. 9.1 are poured into a beaker, as
shown on Fig. 9.2.

…………………………..…….

………………………………….

………………………………….

Fig. 9.2

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
300
 27
For
(i) Using the information given in Table 9.1, identify the liquids on Fig. 9.2 Examiner’s
Use
by writing their names in the spaces provided in Fig. 9.2. [1]

(ii) In Fig. 9.2, use a cross (X) to indicate where the PVC pallet would be if it
is put into the beaker. [1]

(iii) Which liquid from Table 9.1 would you use to find the volume of a piece
of PVC pallet using the displacement method with a measuring cylinder?
Explain your answer.

[2]

(c) The pallet is brought from Earth to Moon. State whether the following quantities
will increase, decrease, or remain the same.

Explain the reason for each of your answers.

(i) mass

[1]

(ii) weight

[1]

(iii) density

[1]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
301
 28
For
C2 Table 10 shows the results of an experiment carried out using five potato strips of the Examiner’s
Use
same length. The strips were placed in tubes containing different concentration of
sucrose solutions. The length of each potato strips were measured after 2 hours.
Table 10
Tube Concentration of Length of Length of Change in
sucrose solution potato at start potato after 2 length
3
(mol/dm ) (mm) hours (mm) (mm)
A 0 40 40.7
B 0.2 40 39.9
C 0.4 40 39.2
D 0.6 40 38.4
E 0.8 40 37.7 -2.3

(a) Fill in the table with the correct values. [1]

(b) Define the process that occurred in the potato strips, causing a change in
length.

[2]

(c) Explain why the potato strips in tube E decrease in length?

[2]

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
302
 29
For
(d) Plot the graph of change in length against concentration of sucrose solution on Examiner’s
Use
the graph provided.

[3]

(e) Based on the graph, state and explain the concentration of the potato cell sap.

[2]

END OF PAPER

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
303
 30
For
Examiner’s
Use
BLANK PAGE

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
304
 31
For
Examiner’s
Use
BLANK PAGE

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
305
 32
For
Examiner’s
Use
BLANK PAGE

LSS/1EXP/MYE/18
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
306
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
307
2018 1EXP MYE Answers

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B B A D A B B A C D
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C D C B D D B C C C

Section B

No Suggested Answer Marks

1a E: pulmonary artery 1
F: pulmonary vein 1
G: vena cava 1
H: aorta 1
b Part L [1] 1
Part L transport deoxygenated blood from the heart to the lungs ungs to o remove
remo
re mo ove 1
carbon dioxide [1]
c To allow substances to diffuse across the walls quickly. ckly. [1] 1
d Vessel E carries deoxygenated blood while Vessel ssel F carriess oxygenated
oxy
xyge
gena
ge nated blood.
na bloo
bl ood.
oo d. [1]
[1]
1 1
Vessel E do not have valves but vessel F does [1] 1
Vessel E carries blood at high pressure ure but ve vvessel
ssssel F carries
car
arri es blood
ries
es blo
looodd at lower
lo
owe pressure.
werr pr
p essure.
[1]
Vessel E has thick muscular lar and
an
nd eel laasstiic walls,
elastic w lls, but
wa but
u vvessel
esseel F has ththinnner an
thinner andd le
less
muscular and elasticc walls. [1] [1]
[1
2ai It is a scavenger ger [1] 1
ii During drought,
rought, thee number num
nu mb ber of de ddeadad aanimals
niimals will
n wiilll increase,
incr
in cre se, [1] hence
crea heenc
nce there
th are 1
more re foo
food od fo ffor
or the
t e vvu
th vultures
ultturres [1 [[1]
1] an
aand
nd thethe numb
th numbers
mb
m ber
ber
ers of of vultures
vul
ultu
t res will
wiill increase.
inc
ncre
rease [1]
re 1
bi The grass
gras
aasss population
popu puulaatit on n will
wililll decrease.
deeccrrea
easese.
Wh
W
When
hen
e tthere
h re aree m
he more
orre zzebras,
ebras, more m re
mo re o off th
tthem
he
em
m ffeede d on tthe
ee he grass
grass. [1] 1
ii Popu
Population
pula
pu lattiion
o of of zebra
zebrbra
br ra must
m st be
mu be ggr
greater
rea
eateter th than
han lions
lio
ions to
io to ensure
e sure there
en t is sufficient energy
available
vaila
labl
la ble to be
bl be transferred
ttrransf ssffe
errreed tto o tthe
he
h e next po popu
population.
pu ulation [1] [ This is due to the loss of 1
energy
ergyy [1]
[1
1] in n the fo fform
orrmmo off heat
heeat during
h durin ng respiration.
resp
re s ir
i atio 1
3ai X: phloem
hloeem [1 [[1]
1] 1
Function:on: TrTTransport
ran sport food/sugar
nsp
spo food
od/s
od ugar (do not accept glucose or starch) from leaves to all
/sug
/s ug
parts of the e plant
plant [1 [1]
1] 1

Accept ECF [-
[-1
1 mark]
ii Y: xylem [1] 1
Function: Transport water and mineral saltsfrom roots to all parts of the plant [1]
1
Accept ECF [-1 mark]
b Region Y as water dissolved with the red (region Y) staining the vessel. [1] 1

Accept ECF if they can explain correctly. [1]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
308
 Section C
a Tube Concentration Length of Length of Change in
of sucrose potato at potato after length (mm)
solution start (mm) 2 hours
(mol/dm3) (mm)
A 0 40 40.7 + 0.7
B 0.2 40 39.9 - 0.1
C 0.4 40 39.2 - 0.8
D 0.6 40 38.4 - 1.6
E 0.8 40 37.7 -2.3

2 correct – 1 marks
Must include the sign. No sign minus ½ marks

b Osmosis is the net movement of water molecules les from a region

regi
re gion
gi on of of higher
high
gh her
er wwater
atter
e 1
potential to a region of lower water potential ntial across a pa partially
art
rtiaalllly ppermeable
ermmea
eablble
bl e 1
membrane.
c There is a lower water potentialal in the
he solut
he solutions
tio
i n nss tthan
han iin
han
ha n tthe
he ccelle l sa
el sap
sap.
p. [1]
[1] Wa
Water 1
molecules move out of the e cell ssap
ap vi
ap viaa os
o
osmosis
mosi siis [1
sis [[1]
1] he
henc
hence
ncce tthe
n he lengle
length
eng
ngth ooff th
thee potato 1
decrease.
d

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
309
 change in length (mm)

1
X

0
X
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
conc
concentration
ncent of sucrose
so lution ((mol/dm3)
solu
solution
X
-1

-2
X

-3

Corr
Correct
rrrec
ect labe
labelling
be
b ellllin
ng of axis
axiis wwi
with
ith
th units
uni
nits
t each
eacch [1]
[1
Axes
xes drawn
dra
rawn with appropriate
h ap
a
appr
pp
prrop scake
opriiatte scak
ake
ak e and
and units
unit each [1]
Correctlyly plotted
recctly plot
plotttteed ppoints
pooiin s and best-fit
ntts bes f t line [1]
estt-fi

e dm3. TThere
0.18 mol/dm
ol/d heree is n
noo change
chang in length since cell sap and solution
concentration
ation
n ar similar
aree si
simi
m lar

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
310
 2018 MYE 1EXP Answers
Section A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A D C B B C C C D C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A B C A C C B A A A

Section B
Answer all questions.

B1 Complete the table by filling in the most suitable instrument that can be used to
measure each of these physical quantities and their respective accuracy.

The first line is done for you.

Measurement Instrument
ent Accuracy
Accuracy

Exactly 36.3 cm3 of water Measuring

easuring cylind
cylinder
nd
der
er 0.1
0.1 cm
0. cm3

Depth of a paper cup Vernie

Vernier
ier ca
ie
ier calipers
alliip
pe
ers
rs 0.
0
0.01
.01
01 cm [1]

Circumference of a tree
ee Measuring
Measurriin
Me ng tape 0
0.1
.1 c
cmm [1
[[1]
1]

Thickness off copper wire

w re
wi re micrometer
microm
om
o me
etter
er 0.01
0 01 mm
0. m [1]

B2 Convert
errt the
nver the following
g readings
following
fo read
read
a diings to
d o the
the units
th u it
un its indicated.
iin
ndi
dica
cate d. Show
ted Sh your
y workings clearly.

(a) (i)) 0.045

45 cm
0.04 cm = ……………………………
…………
…… … …… ………… m
……… [1]

0.045
0.04
0.
0.0045 / 100
1 0 = 0.00045
10 0..0
0 000045 m or 4.5 x 10-4 m

(ii) 3.04
4l = ……………………………
… ml [1]

3.04
4 x 1000 = 3 040 ml

(a) Determine the period of the pendulum.

1.0 x 2 = 2.0 s

period =
[1]
(b) State what you can do to ensure that the measurement of the period of the
pendulum is as accurate as possible during an experiment.

Take the time for 20 oscillations then calculate the average time for one

oscillation.

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
311
 2
For
Examiner’s
Use

[1]

(c) State one thing you can do to increase the period of the oscillation.

Increase length of string.

[1]

B4 (a) Fig. 4.1 shows two different types of excavators of the same mass.

excavator A excavator
or B

caterpilililla
caterpillar
illa ar wheels
ttracks
tr
racks
Fig. 4 .1
4.11

avatorr is
Which excavator i more
morre suitable
suit
su itab
able
ble
le for
for
or operating
ope
perra
ating
g on
on soft,
softt, muddy
m ddy
mu y gr
grou
ound
ou nd?
nd
ground? ?
p ain your
Explain your
yo u answer
anssw
we
er using
us
u sing
g the
the concept
th conc
co n ept off pressure.
prre
ess
ess
s ur
u e.

Ex
E ca
avva
ator A [1].
Excavator [1
1]. A has
h s a lla
ha arg
ger
er surface
larger sur
urfa
face
ce area
area in
n contact
con
onta
t ct with the ground

compared
comp
co mp
par
ared
ed tto
o B tthus
h s it
hu it exerts
ex
xe
ert
r s a smaller
smalle
er pressure
p re
pr esssure [1]
[1 on the ground.

[2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
312
 3
For
(b) Fig. 4.2 shows a fork-lift tractor with a mass of 3000 kg transporting a load of Examiner’s
Use
2400 N. The centre of gravity of the tractor is labelled as CG in Fig. 4.2. The
engine of the tractor is switched off and the tractor is slowing down to a stop.

N1 N2

CG

f
W F 4.2
Fig.

(i) ow the following

On Fig. 4.2, draw labelled arrows to show folllllow
owin
ing
in g

1. friction between the wheelss and the floor,

floo
or,
r, [[1
[1]
1]
r, and [1]]
2. weight of the tractor,
[1]] fo
[1 for
or 2 c
coo
ontact
contact force
forces
(s) exerted
3. contact force(s) exerte
ed on
o the
e tractor
tra
ractor
orr by
by the
th floor.
th floo
fl oor.
r [3]

(ii) ate the total

Calculate al weight
al we
eiiigh
gh
ght of
of the
the
he tractor
tra
ract
ctor
o and load,, given
g ven gravitational
gi grav
avit
avitat
itatio
at ional field
io fiel
strength iss 10
10 N/kg.
N/k
/ g.
W = mg = 3
30000
30000x1
100 = 30
30 000
000 N
Total weight
Total weig
we ight
h = 30 000
00
00 + 2400
24 0
24 000 = 32
32 400
0N

N deduc
No uccttiion
ucti
deduction on for
for
or wrong
wrro
ong u n ts
ni ts
ts.
units.

to weight =
total
[1]

(iii) The
he co
contact area of a wheel is 0.80 m2.

Calculate the pressure exerted on the floor by the tractor and load if the
tractor has 4 wheels.

P = F/A = 32 400 / (0.80 x 4) = 10 100 Pa

[1] [1]

Allow ecf. No marks deduction for wrong units

pressure =
[2]

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
313
 4
For
B5 Fig. 5 shows a crane lifting some bricks during the building of a house. Examiner’s
Use
arm

counterweight

P 20 m

12000 N
Fig. 5
ment, on the
The weight of the bricks produces a turning effect, or moment, th
he arm
arrm of th
the
crane about the point P. The weight of the bricks iss 12000 N.
N.

(a) ce, us
Calculate the moment of this force, sin
ng the distance
using diist
stan
ance
ce marked
marked
d on
nF ig. 5.
Fig.

12 000 x 20 = 240 000 Nm

[1] [1]
Deduct 1 markk for wron
ng units
wrong

mome
ment =
me
moment
[2]

(b) State
Stat
St atte th
ate tthe
e dire
direction
eccttio
i n of
of the moment
mo
ommen
e tc
ca
cause
au
usse by

(i) the weig

weight
ghhtt of
of the
the counterweight
th co
oun
u terw
rwei
rweigh
ei ghtt about pivot P,
gh

Anti-clockwise
Anti
An ti cl
ti-cl
cloc
oc
o ck
kww
wise

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
314
 5
For
END OF SECTION B Examiner’s
Use
Section C
Answer all questions

C1 A measuring cylinder contains 30 cm3 of liquid. When 600 identical spherical polyvinyl
chloride, PVC pellets are dropped into the liquid, they sink to the bottom and the liquid
level rises to 36 cm3. The density of a PVC pellet is 1.39 g/cm3.

(a) (i) State the density of 600 pellets.

1.39 g/cm3

density = [1]

(ii) Determine the mass of 600 pellets.

s.

9 x 6 = 8.34
Mass = density x volume = 1.39 8.3
.34 g

Allow ecf

mass
ma
mass
ss =
[2]
(b) Fig. 1.1 sh
how
o s the
shows tth
he density
dens
de n ity
y of
of three
thr
hrree
ee substan
an
a nce
ces.
substances.s.

Substances
Subs
bsta
bs tanc
ta ces
e Density
Dens
De nsit
ityy (g/cm3)
paraffin
p
paara
r fffin
n oil
oill (liquid)
(liqu
qu
uid)
id
d) 0.80
0

carbon
ca
arbon
n tetrachloride
te
ettra
rach
chlo
oriide
d (liquid)
(liiqu
quid
id))
id 1.60

glycerine
gl
g ly
ycce
errin
ne (liquid)
(liqui
uid)
ui d) 1.26

Fig. 1.1

An equall volume
volum of the three liquids in Fig. 1.1 are poured into a beaker, as
shown on Fig. 1.2.

paraffin oil

glycerine

Carbon tetrachloride

Fig. 1.2

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
315
 6
For
(i) Using the information given in Fig. 1.1, identify the liquids on Fig. 1.2 by Examiner’s
Use
writing their names in the spaces provided in Fig. 1.2. [1]

(ii) In Fig. 1.2, use a cross (X) to indicate where the PVC pallet would be if it
is put into the beaker. [1]

(iii) Which liquid from Table 4.1 would you use to find the volume of a piece
of PVC pallet using the displacement method with a measuring cylinder?
Explain your answer.

Glycerine or paraffin oil [1] as the pallet can be fully submerge in them

thus the volume increase will be equal to the volume of the p

pallet. [1]

[2]

(d) The pallet is brought from Earth to Moon.

on. State whether
whet
etthe
h r the
the following
follow
owin
owing
in g quantities
quanti
qu
ain the
will increase, decrease, or remain e same.
sam
a e.

Explain the reason for each of yyour answers.

our answ
ou wer
ers.

(i) mass

Same
me
e, as m
Same, ass is the
as
mass e amount
amo
oun
unt of substance
sub
bssttan
ance that make
kes up
ke
makes up the object.
o

[1]

(ii) w
we
weight
ig
ght

Dec
e cre
reas
reas
ase, as the
Decrease, the
e weight
wei
eigh
g t is a force that depends on the location of the

object.
[1]

(iii) density

Same, as density is mass per unit volume. Both the mass and volume

remains the same on Moon.

[1]

END OF PAPER

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
316
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
317
 Name Class Index Number

UNITY SECONDARY SCHOOL

MID YEAR EXAMINATION 2018
SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS

SCIENCE 7 MAY 2018

Paper 1 Paper 1 & 2: 2 HOURS
Additional Materials : Optical Answer Sheet

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in soft pencil.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name, class and register number in the spaces provided at the top of
the answer booklet.

There are thirty questions on this paper. Answer all questions. For each question
there are four possible answers A, B, C and D.
Choose the one you consider correct and record your choice in soft pencil on the
separate Optical Answer Sheet.

Read the instructions on the Answer Sheet very carefully.

Each correct answer will score one mark. A mark will not be deducted for a wrong
answer.
Any rough working should be done in this booklet.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 2 of Paper 1.

The total marks for this booklet is 30 marks.

This paper consists of 13 printed pages, including this cover page.

Sec 1E Science Page 1 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
318
Sec 1E Science Page 2 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
319
Section A: Multiple Choice Questions (30 marks)
Answer all the questions in the Optical Answer Sheet provided.

1 Russell lighted the Bunsen burner and opened the air hole of the Burner.

Which statement best describes the flame that Russell will get?

A A luminous flame that is orange-yellow.

B A luminous flame that is pale blue.

C A non-luminous flame that is orange-yellow.

D A non-luminous flame that is pale blue.

2 Nurul was given a vernier caliper to find out the accurate dimension of the
thickness of the beaker (the shaded part).

Which part(s) of the vernier caliper should she use?

A inside jaw and tail.
B outside jaw and tail.
C only the inside jaws.
D only the outside jaws.

3 A substance contains a biological agent that can spread through air and
cause allergic reactions when inhaled.
Which symbol should be used to label it?
A B

C D

Sec 1E Science Page 3 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
320
4 Ahmad saw two bottles on the workbench. They are labelled as shown in the
diagram.
liquid W liquid X

Based on the labels, which of the following is the best conclusion he can make
about the liquids?
A Both liquids are acidic.
B Both liquids cannot be mixed.
C Liquid W should be heated before use.
D Liquid X cannot be touched with bare hands.

5 A ruler is used to measure the diameter of five plastic balls.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

What is the average diameter of each ball?

A 0.70 cm
B 0.76 cm
C 0.82 cm
D 3.50 cm

6 Which of the following shows the correct SI unit for each physical quantity?

7
length mass temperature time

A centimetre kilogram degree celcius second

B centimetre gram kelvin hour
C metre kilogram kelvin second
D metre gram degree celcius hour
Ai Ling was given cup Q and cup P. Cup Q is made using material Q. Cup

Sec 1E Science Page 4 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
321
 P is made using material P. Both materials are waterproof. She wants to find
out which material is best for keeping water cold as long as possible.

What must she do to ensure a fair test?

A Place both cups in a science laboratory.

B Place both cups the same distance apart.
C Pour cold water into each cup at the same speed.
D Pour equal volumes of cold water in each cup.

8 Jill was asked to calculate the density of Singapore’s 50-cent coin.

Which set of apparatus should she use to take the measurements of the coin?

diameter and thickness mass

A measuring tape electronic balance

B metre rule spring balance

C vernier calipers spring balance

D vernier calipers electronic balance

9 The diagram shows two wooden blocks made from the same material.

A B
mass = 20.0 g mass = 10.0 g

Which statement about the densities of the wooden blocks is true?

A Block A has a higher density than Block B.

B Block A has a lower density than Block B.
C Blocks A and B have the same density.
D There is insufficient information to determine the densities of the blocks.

Sec 1E Science Page 5 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
322
10 The diagram shows two rods, X and Y, made from different materials. When load
is placed on them, rod X bent a little while rod Y broke into two pieces.

Before load is placed After load is placed

Rod X Rod X bent a little.

Rod Y Rod Y breaks into two pieces.

Which of the following conclusions is correct about the two rods?

A Rod X is harder than rod Y.

B Rod X is more dense than rod Y.
C Rod X is more flexible than rod Y.
D Rod X is softer than rod Y.

11 The diagram below shows a cooking pot containing hot soup.

lid

handle
soup
pot

Which of the following best describes the materials used for the parts of the pot?

lid handle pot

A glass stainless steel glass
B stainless steel stainless steel plastic
C glass plastic stainless steel
D stainless steel plastic plastic

Sec 1E Science Page 6 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
323
12 An iron block with the length of 5 cm, height of 3 cm, breath of 2 cm and density
of 7.9 g/ cm3 is immersed in a beaker containing 20 cm3 of water.

What is the mass of the iron block?

A 0.553 kg
B 0.395 kg
C 0.237 kg
D 0.079 kg

13 10 g of each of the following materials was to be placed in a container.

Which material would require the largest container?

A glass with density of 2.5 g/ cm3

B seawater with density of 1.03 g/ cm3
C lead with density of 11.3 g/ cm3
D alcohol with density of 0.79 g/ cm3

14 Theobromine has a bitter taste and is found in cocoa beans. The formula for
theobromine is C 7 H 8 N 4 O 2 .

Which of these elements is found in Group V, period 2?

A carbon
B hydrogen

C nitrogen
D oxygen

Sec 1E Science Page 7 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
324
15 The diagram shows a section of the Periodic Table with elements P, Q, R, S
and T. The letters P, Q, R, S and T are not symbols of the elements.

Which of the following pairs of elements contains only non-metals?

A P and T
B P and S
C Q and R
D S and T

16 Which element belongs to group II and period 3 of the Periodic Table?

A boron
B beryllium
C calcium
D magnesium

17 Which of the following does not contain a mixture?

A water, air, carbon dioxide
B tungsten, brass, sulfur trioxide
C iodine, astatine, ammonia
D sodium, water vapour, air

Sec 1E Science Page 8 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
325
 Refer to the following diagram for questions 18 and 19.

18 Which of the following substances has the highest solubility at a temperature

of 50 oC?

Key
substance P
solubility substance Q
(gram of solute in substance R
100 g of water) substance S

temperature (°C)
A substance P

B substance Q

C substance R

D substance S

19 At what temperature do substances Q and R have the same solubility?

A 20 °C
B 30 °C
C 42 °C
D 65 °C

Sec 1E Science Page 9 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
326
 20 Some properties of substances P, Q, R and S are given in the table below:

substance percentage solid changes on heating

composition by conducts
mass electricity

P varies no liquid burns to form carbon

dioxide and water

Q constant yes solid burns in air to form an

oxide

R constant no solid decomposes

S varies yes solid melts

Which classification of the substances is correct?

element mixture compound

A S, Q P R

B Q P, S R

C S P Q, R

D R P, S Q

21 Which of the following statements concerning compounds is incorrect?

A The amount of elements in a compound is in fixed ratio.

B No energy changes take place when a compound is formed.
C A compound can be separated into elements by chemical methods.
D The properties of a compound are very different from the elements it
contains.

Sec 1E Science Page 10 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
327
Study the table and answer questions 22 and 23.
The table below shows the masses of four solids dissolved in various solvents.

mass of solids dissolved (g)

solvent
P Q R S

solvent J 0 0 0 30

solvent K 12 0 27 10

solvent L 10 6 15 12

solvent M 1 37 0 0

22 Which solid is insoluble in solvent K?

A P

B Q
C R
D S

23 If solids R and S are mixed together by mistake, which of the following solvents
can be used to separate them?

A J

B K
C L
D M

24 Sarah has a mixture of salt and sugar that is dissolved in a beaker of water. She
tried to separate the mixture of salt and sugar by filtration but it was unsuccessful.
What could be the reason that sugar and salt cannot be separated by filtration?
A Both salt and sugar are white crystals.
B Both salt and sugar are soluble in water.
C Salt and sugar have different tastes.
D The water is purified after the mixture is filtered.

Sec 1E Science Page 11 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
328
25 The diagram shows three beakers, X, Y and Z. Beaker X contains water, beaker
Y contains sodium chloride crystals and beaker Z contains a mixture of sodium
chloride and water. Sodium chloride crystals can be dissolved in water.

mixture of
sodium sodium
chloride chloride
water
crystals and water
X Y Z

Based on the information above, which of the following correctly represents the
solute, solvent and solution?

X Y Z
A solute solution solvent
B solution solute solvent
C solute solvent solution
D solvent solute solution

26 Which of the following is a suspension?

Ice and water orange juice salt and water chalk and water

1 2 3 4
A 1 only
B 1 and 2
C 2 and 4
D 1, 3 and 4

Sec 1E Science Page 12 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
329
27 Which one of the following pairs of features is present in both plant and animal
cells?
A chloroplasts and vacuoles
B chloroplasts and cellulose cell wall
C large, central vacuole and cytoplasm
D plasma membrane and cytoplasm

28 Which of the following groups shows the correct order of organisation in a

multicellular organism?

A cell o tissue o organs o system

B organ o cell o tissue o system

C system o tissue o organ o cell

D tissue o organ o system o cell

29 A cell contains genetic materials which will be passed down from generation to
generation.
Which part of the cell contains the genetic materials?
A chromosome
B cytoplasm
C nucleus
D vacuole

30 Jay has some solution K. He wants to evaporate it to make it more concentrated.

Which of the following laboratory apparatus is not necessary for the experimental
setup?

A B C D

-- END OF PAPER --

Sec 1E Science Page 13 of 13 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
330
 Name Class Index Number

UNITY SECONDARY SCHOOL

MID YEAR EXAMINATION 2018
SECONDARY ONE EXPRESS

SCIENCE 7 MAY 2018

Paper 2 Paper 1 & 2: 2 HOURS

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write in dark blue or black ink only.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
Write your name, class and register number in the spaces provided at the top of
the answer booklet.
All workings are to be shown clearly in the spaces provided for the questions.

Section A:
Answer all questions in the spaces provided.
Section B:
Answer three out of the four questions in this section. Circle the question number
of the questions you attempted.

A copy of the Periodic Table is printed on page 2 of Paper 1.

The total marks for this booklet is 70 marks.

This paper consists of 17 printed pages, including this cover page.

Sec 1E Science Page 1 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
331
Section A: Structured Questions (40 marks)
Answer all the questions and write your answers in the spaces provided.

A1 Aqueous sodium chloride can be prepared by adding an exact volume of

sodium hydroxide with an exact volume of dilute hydrochloric acid.

This is called a neutralisation reaction.

The reaction is shown below.

Sodium hydroxide + hydrochloric acid Æ sodium chloride + water

You are given a bottle of sodium hydroxide and ask to measure accurately
25.0 cm3 of it and pour it into a beaker. Hydrochloric acid is slowly added into
the beaker, as shown in the diagram below.

hydrochloric acid

sodium
hydroxide

(a) (i) The hazard symbol seem on the bottle of sodium hydroxide and
hydrochloric acid is as shown below:

[1]
What does the symbol tells us about the 2 substances?

(ii) What should a student do when some hydrochloric acid

accidentally splashes into her eyes? [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 2 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
332
 (b) Name two possible pieces of apparatus that can be used to measure
the volumes of the sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric acid for this
reaction. [2]

(c) Given that sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid and the sodium
chloride solution formed are all colourless, hence no visual
observation could be seen of the reaction.

From your understanding of the formation of compounds, what other

observation could be made that shows a chemical reaction had
occurred.
[1]

(d) Describe how you would obtain a pure dry sample of sodium chloride
from the sodium chloride solution at the point of neutralisation. [2]

Sec 1E Science Page 3 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
333
 A2 Using the table of densities, identify substance A to F.

substance density (g/ cm3)

cork 0.25
gold 19.3
lead 11.3
mercury 13.6
turpetine 0.9
water 1.0
AA
A: ___________________
BB
B: ___________________
CC
C: ___________________
DD
D: ___________________

E: ___________________ EE

F: ___________________ FF
[3]

A3 A piece of burning sodium is lowered into a gas jar containing chlorine gas.
A white solid, sodium chloride, was formed.

(a) Suggest a method which sodium chloride can be changed back into [1]
sodium and chlorine.

(b) Sodium chloride is a compound and sodium is an element.

Using your knowledge of elements and compounds, state one [2]

difference in properties between sodium chloride and sodium.

Sec 1E Science Page 4 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
334
 A4 You are given a piece of irregular shaped metal.

Given apparatus below, the mass of the metal is measured using the electronic
balance and recorded as M. The measuring cylinder is filled with 30cm3 of
water. A string is tied around the metal and lower it gently into the measuring
cylinder and the new volume is measured and recorded as V.

50

40

30 metal
20

10

electronic balance string

measuring cylinder

(a) Name the method used to find the volume of the metal and describe [3]
how you can find the density of an irregular shaped piece of metal
using the information given.

(b) State one precaution that you will take to ensure that the volume [1]
measured is accurate.

(c) Styrofoam block floats on water. [1]

Using the same apparatus as above, suggest how you can modify
your procedure stated in (a) to measure the volume of the styrofoam
block.

Sec 1E Science Page 5 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
335
 A5 Table below shows the physical properties of different materials.

heat electrical
material strength hardness density
conductivity conductivity

wood no poor good high low

granite no poor good high high

steel yes good good high high

Some students have identified the uses of the above materials as follows:
In each case, indicate if each of the identified usage is ‘appropriate’ or
‘inappropriate’.

Explain your answers using data from Table above. If the identified usage
is ‘inappropriate’, recommend another material from Table above and
explain your choice.

(a) Steel is used to make aircraft bodies. [2]

(b) Wood is used to make the base of cooking pots. [2]

(c) Granite is used to make tiles. [2]

Sec 1E Science Page 6 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
336
 A6 The diagram below shows two types of unknown cells, X and Y.

mitochondrion DNA cell membrane

nucleus
chloroplast DNA

cell membrane

flagellum cytoplasm

cytoplasm flagellum

Cell X Cell Y

(a) Describe the possible function of the flagellum in both cells X and Y. [1]

(b) Is cell X a plant cell, an animal cell or both? [3]

Provide two reasons for your answer.

(c) Cell X is able to survive by itself when it is exposed to sunlight.

[1]
Explain this observation.

Sec 1E Science Page 7 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
337
 A7 (a) A student accidentally dropped some chalk powder into his saltwater.

Complete the diagram below to show how the student can separate
the chalk powder from the saltwater. Label your diagram. You should
indicate the apparatus, the separated chalk powder and the
remaining saltwater. [3]

(b) The student can obtain pure salt from the saltwater after the chalk
powder is removed using a set-up to separate the solid-liquid
mixtures is shown below.

water out

Q R

saltwater

water in

(i) Name the separation technique shown. [1]

(ii) Label the parts P, Q, R and S. [2]

P:
Q:
R:
S:

(iii) Describe the function of R. [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 8 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
338
 A8 A student carried out an experiment to determine the time taken for ice cubes
of different volumes to melt. The student used the experimental set-up as
shown in the diagram.

ice
cube

heat
(non-luminous flame)

(a) Suggest one hypothesis of this experiment. [1]

(b) State the independent variable that the student changed. [1]

(c) State the dependent variable that the student observed. [1]

(d) Suggest how the time taken for the ice cube to melt will change if a [1]
luminous flame was used.

Sec 1E Science Page 9 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
339
Section B: Free Response Questions (30 marks)
Choose any THREE out of FOUR questions. Write your answers in the spaces

B1 The diagram below shows the reading of a vernier caliper when it is used to
measure the length of the cube.

(a) (i) State the length of the cube. [1]

(ii) Given that the cube has a mass of 40 g, calculate the density of the [3]
cube. Give your final answer correct to 3 significant figures.

(iii) Describe what will happen if the cube is placed in a liquid of density [1]
2.0 g/ cm3. Explain your answer.

Sec 1E Science Page 10 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
340
 (b) A necklace is made of both pure iron and silver. 0.01 kg of iron and 20 g of
silver is used. The densities of iron and silver are 19.32 g/ cm3 and 10500
kg/ m3 respectively.

(i) Calculate the volume of iron. Give your answer in cm3. [1]

(ii) Calculate the volume of silver. Give your answer in cm3. [2]

(iii) Calculate the density of the necklace. Give your answer in g/ cm3. [2]
Give all your answers above correct to 3 significant figures.

Sec 1E Science Page 11 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
341
 B2 (a) Calcium chloride and potassium chloride are white solids that are soluble
in water. The graph below shows the solubility of calcium chloride and
potassium chloride at different temperatures.

Solubility 90
(g/100 cm3
of water) 80

potassium
70 chloride

60

50

40

30

20

calcium
10
chloride

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
temperature/ °C

(i) If you need 26 g of potassium chloride to be dissolved in

100 cm3 of water, what should the temperature of water be? [1]

(ii) What can you deduce about the solubility of potassium

chloride as the temperature increases? [1]

(iii) What can you deduce about the solubility of calcium chloride
compared to that of potassium chloride as temperature
increases? [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 12 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
342
 (b) (i) You are provided with some potassium chloride crystals and a
beaker of water.

Other than increasing the volume of water, state one other [1]
method to increase the rate of dissolving the potassium
chloride in water.

(ii) Explain how the method mentioned in b(i) helps to increase

the rate of dissolving. [1]

(c) The diagram below shows two mixtures A and B. Mixture A contains 1g
of sodium chloride and 100 cm3 of water, stirred for 1 minute. Mixture B
contains 1g of chalk powder and 100 cm3 of water, stirred for 1 minute.
The sodium chloride dissolves and a colourless solution is formed. Chalk
powder is insoluble in water.
sodium
chalk
chloride
powder
and water
and water

(i) Describe two methods to differentiate between mixture A and

mixture B. [2]

(ii) Using one of the methods you have mentioned in (c)(i),

describe the observations you would see for mixture A and
mixture B. [2]

(iii) Which mixture, A or B is a suspension? [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 13 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
343
 B3 (a) A student wants to find out how to dissolve antacid tablets in the fastest
way in order to ease stomach indigestion. All experiments were stirred at
500 revolutions per minute (“rpm”). The larger the rpm, the faster the rate
of stirring. The results are presented in the table below.

temperature time taken for antacid

experiment size of antacid
(°C) to dissolve (sec)
1 fine powder 25 16

2 fine powder 60 6

3 whole tablet 25 38

4 whole tablet 60 13

(i) Define the term ‘solubility’ of a solute. [1]

(ii) Other than the rate of stirring, state two other variables to be
kept constant for the experiment. [2]

(iii) Which two experiments should be chosen to test the

following relationship?

Relationship: The larger the surface area of the antacid, the

faster the rate of dissolving. [1]

(iv) Predict what would be observed if the stirring rate was

increased to 800 rpm for experiment 3.
[2]
Explain your answer.

Sec 1E Science Page 14 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
344
 (b) A student placed an unknown object on a beam balance to measure
its mass as shown in the diagram below. The student found that four
counterweights, each with a mass of 100 g, were required to balance
the beam balance.

100 g 100 g

100 g 100 g

The volume of the unknown object was found to be 500 cm3.

(i) Calculate the density of the unknown object. [2]

Show your working clearly in the space provided.

(ii) Would the unknown object float or sink in water (density = 1 g/ [2]
cm3)?

Explain your answer.

Sec 1E Science Page 15 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
345
 B4 (a) The diagrams show two cells A and B.
State one similarity and one difference, observed from the diagram,
between cells A and B.

similarity: [1]

difference: [1]

(b) The diagram below shows the onion cell when seen under the
microscope. There were 5 identified parts of the onion cell and a student
managed to label the cell membrane, nucleus and cytoplasm.

(not very
visible in the
diagram)

(i) Using your knowledge of a typical plant cell, predict and name [2]
the 2 unlabelled parts labelled A and B.

A: ___________________
B: ___________________

Sec 1E Science Page 16 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
346
 (ii) State the functions of part B. [1]

(iii) If the cell membrane is unable to perform its function properly, [2]
explain how it will affect the cell.

(c) The figure below shows a root hair cell in the soil. It absorbs water from
the soil by the process of osmosis.

Osmosis is the movement of water from a place of higher water

potential to a place of lower water potential.

soil

root hair cell

(i) On the diagram, draw an arrow to indicate how the water

moves between the root hair cell and the soil. [1]

(ii) The root hair cell has a different shape to a typical plan cell.

Explain how this difference helps the root hair cell to absorb
water. [2]

-- END OF PAPER --

Sec 1E Science Page 17 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
347
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
348
 The graph below shows how the solubilities of two solids change with
temperature.

(a) Name the science apparatus used to measure the volume of solvent
used. [1]

(b) Identify the solvent used in this experiment. [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 18 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
349
 (c) Use the data provided and plot a graph to represent the solubility of
ammonium sulfate on page 7. [2]

temperature (°C) solubility (g/100g of water)

0 28

10 32

20 36

30 41.5

40 45

(d) How does the solubility of ammonium

onium sulfat
sulfate
atte change
cch
han
a ge with
witth
temperature? [1]

(e) At which temperature

ture is
is the
t e solubility
th solubililiity
so ty of
of sodium
so
od
diium sulfate
sul
ulfa
f te and
fa and
ammonium sulfate
ulfate the
the same?
th sam
sa mee? Show
S ow
Sh w your
your working
ng cclearly
workin learlyy on your
arl you
ourr
graph. [2]

1 A vern
vernier
nie
ier caliper
ca
aliipe
per iss used
use
sed
d to
to measure
measu
urre
e the
th
hee thickness
th
hiick
ckne
n ss of
of the
the rubber
rubbe used to make the
rubber
ru
rubb
ub eerr ttubing.
ubing.
g.

(a)) Figure
Figu
Fi e A sshows
gurre
gu ho
how s tthe
ws he rreading
eadi
ea ding
di taken using the internal jaw of the vernier caliper.
n take

0 1

0 5 10

Figure A

What is the internal dimeter of the rubber tubing? [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 19 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
350
 …………………………………………………………………………………...

(b) Figure B shows the reading taken using the outer jaw of the vernier caliper.

3 4

0 5 10

Figure B

What is the external dimeter

er of the rubber
err ttubing?
ubin
ub ing?
g? [1]

…………………………………………………………………………………...
…………
………
… ……
… ……
…………
………
… …………
………
… ……
…………
………
… …...

(c) What
Wh
W at iis
hat s the
he thickness
th t iicckn
th ck
kn ess of
nes of the
the rubber
rub
ub
u b
bbe ttubing?
ber tu
be ub
biing? [1]

…………………………………………………………………………………...
………
…………
……
… ………
……………
……………
…………
…… … …

Jane added
dded
ed tthree
ed h ee
hr o fuls of copper sulfate powder to 60 cm3 of water
e spoonfuls
spo
poon
in beakerr A and
a d three
an th spoonfuls
sp of chalk powder to 60 cm3 of water in
beaker B. Study
Stud
udy the diagram shown below carefully.

She let the

mixture in beakers A and B stand for 10 minutes each.
(a) What changes, if any, will she observe in beakers A and B? [2]
There will be no change in beaker A. [1]

Sec 1E Science Page 20 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
351
 In beaker B, the particles of undissolved solids will begin to
settle at the bottom of the beaker. [1]

(b) Jane thinks that mixture B is a suspension.

State two tests that she should conduct to confirm her hypothesis. [2]
Filter the mixture in beaker B. If solid particles are left on the
filter paper, then the mixture in beaker b is a suspension

If the mixture in beaker B appears cloudy and she cannot see

through it, then the mixture in beaker B is a suspension.

Allow the mixture in beaker B to stand for some time. If the solid
particles settle at the bottom of the beaker, then the mi
mixture in
beaker B is a suspension.
[Any 2 differences]

Angela wanted to find the fastest way y to dissolve

dissolvve 10 g of so sodi
sodium
dium
di um chloride
chlo salt
crystals in 20 cm3 of water at room temperaturee ((25
25 ººC).
25 C). T
C) Table
ablle 2 sh
sho
shows
ow the results
ows
from her experiments.

time
time taken n ffor
o salt
or
rate
eooff st
sstirring
tirrri
r ng
experiment size
sz
si e of salt grains
ze gra
ra
ain
ns crystals
cry
cr als to
ysta
tals dissolve
to di
d ssolv
(oscillation/s)
(o
ossc
cililati
tion
on//s
on s)
comp
co mpletely (s)
mp
completely
A 20
20 fine
f ne
fi ?
B 1
10 coarse
coar
arrse 30
C 15
15 coarse
co 21
D 20
20 coarse
c 12

(a) Define
Define
D nee the
the term
term ‘solubility’
‘ of a solute. [1]
(b) State
St
tat
ate
e th
tthe
e dependent
de variable in this experiment. [1]
(c) What ccan you conclude from experiments B, C and D? [1]
(d) Predict the time taken for the salt crystals to dissolve completely in [2]
experiment A. Give a reason for your answer.

4 The properties of four solids M, N, O and P are shown in the table below.
broken down by
percentage composition chemical methods or
solid
by mass separated by physical
methods
M constant chemical methods

Sec 1E Science Page 21 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
352
 N constant cannot be broken down

O varies physical methods

P constant chemical methods

(a) (i) Which solid(s) is/are a compound? Explain your answer. [3]
Solids M and P. [1]
Their percentage composition by mass is constant AND the
[1] solids can be broken down by chemical methods [1]

(ii) One of the unknown solid is a magnesium metal.tal. State which [2]
of the solid is the magnesium metal. Explain
ain yo
your
our answer.
ans
n we
Solid N.[1]
Solid N cannot be broken down n by chemical
chemi
mica
mi cal methods.
ca me
m ethods. [1]
[

(b) A small sample of mixturee consists

consissts
ts off hydrogen
hyyd
h drrog
ogen
en gas
gas (H
H 2 ) and
an
hydrogen fluoride gass (HF).
(HF)). [3]

Describe three differences

ree diffe ere
ences ess in
e n properties
prrop
p o errties
e between n hydrogen
hydro gen fluoride
oge fluo
fluori
uorid
ri
ride
gas and d the m mi
mixture
ixt
x uree of
of hhydrogen
ydro
yd rogge
en and
and hydrogen
an hyyddrrrogen fluoride
flu
luooride
e gas.
g s.
ga
Properties
ropere ties s Hydrogen
Hydrrog
Hy fluoride
ogen flu uoorriid
de Hydrogen
Hy ydr
drog
ogen
e and
((C
(Compound)
Coommpoun undd)) h
hy
hydrogen
ydr
ydr
drog
ro en fluoride
gas (Mixture)
(M
Melting
Me
M e
elting and
and
an Fixed
Fiixe
F xed N
Not fixed / over a
bo
boiillin
ing point
boiling po
p oin
int range
(Do not accept
varies)
Composition
Coom
mp pos
osittio
ion by y Fixed
Fi
Fi Not fixed
massss
ss
Separation
eparati tion
tion
ti on By chemical By physical means
methods only
Energy gy tak
taken in Energy given off in No energy given
or given out the formation off
(Any 3 differences)

Sec 1E Science Page 22 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
353
 Fig 1 and Fig 2 shows two structures present in the plant. The structure in Fig 1
is part of the structure in Fig 2.

root hairs

Fig 1 Fig 2

(a) With reference to Fig 1, [1]

(i) identify structure A.
Large, central vacuole; (reject: vacuole)
acuole)) [1]
[1
1]

(ii) describe how this cell is adapted for absorption.

ab
bsso
orp
pttiion
o . [1]
Long protrusion/extensionÆincreases
ensionon
onÆincr
crea
cr ease
ses S SA
SA:
A: Vol
Vool ratio
ratio for
ra
faster absorption;
on; [1]
1]
1]

(iii) This cellll is an exe

example
xam
ampl ple o
off a specialised
speecciialised cell.. S
State
tate one
ta one advantage
ad
dva
vant
nta
nt age [1]
[
of cell specialisation.
sppecialiliisa
sattiion
on.
Divisionon
o n ofof labour/cells
labour u /cel
ells
el s becom
become
om
o me more
m re efficient
mo eff
fffic
icieent
nt at
at their
thei
ffunction/multiple
fun
fu
unction
on
o n/m/muullti
tipplle functions
fun
fu
func
nc
ctionon
o ns can
can b
ca be performed
e perfo
orm rm
med d at the
ed t same
time
me
m e in the
he organism;
th orrg
gaaninis
sm [[1]
m; [1
m; 1]

(b)
b) E
Explain
Ex xpl
p aiin wwh
whether
hetth
heer tth
the
he structure
strru
st uct
c ure
e in Fig
Fig 2 is a cell, tissue or organ, and [2]
state
st ta
atte its
itts function.
fu
unc
ncti
tio
on
n.
The
Th he structure
struct
st ruct
ru cttur
ure in
ur
ure i Fig.
Fig
g. 33.
3.2
.2 is a
an organ (ie. The root); [1]
Itt is made
ma
ma ade
de up off a g
de group
roup of tissues working together to perform
a specific
spececific
ec c function;
fun
unct
unct
ction; Which
W is absorption of water and minerals;
[1]

Sec 1E Science Page 23 of 17 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
354
UNITY SECONDARY SCHOOL

2018 Mid-Year Examination

1 EXP Science

Marking Scheme

PAPER 1 (30 marks)

1 D 6 C 11 C 16 D 21 B 26 C

2 D 7 D 12 C 17 C 22 B 27 D

3 A 8 D 13 D 18 B 23 A 28 A

4 D 9 C 14 C 19 B 24
4 B 29 C

5 A 10 C 15 A 20 B 25 D 30 B

PAPER 2 Section A: Structured

ured Que
Questions
ue
uest
s ions
ns
s ((40
40
0 marks)
mar
arks
ks)
ks)
*1m minus for entire paper
aper if units
un
uniitts not
not given
no giiven
g
A1 (a) (i) Co
Corrosive
orrroso ive e 1
(ii) Splash/rinse
Spla
llaassh inse her
h//rrin
h/r heer eyes with
eyyeess w plenty
ith plleenty of
nty of runningg water
w teer from
wa from the 1
tap.
p..
(b)
((b
b) Burette
Bure ett
tte 1
and
and p
an pi
pipette
ipette 1
(mea
(m e su
(measuring uri
ring
ng cylinder
cyl
yliinnder andan
nd beaker
bea
be aker not
ak n accepted)
(zero
(zer
erro for
e for spelling
fo sppel
ellliing
g errors)
err
rror
ors)
or s))
(c)) Heat
He
H ea att is
is given
giive
g en of offf and
a d the beaker feels hot.
an 1

(d) Heat/evaporate
Heatt/e/eva
vap
vaporate the solution to ensure that 1
alll the
al th solvent
solv water is completely boiled off/ to 1
dryness
d
dr yne and a pure dry sample of sodium chloride will
be left behind.

A2 A: cork 1m for
B: turpentine every 2
C: water correct
D: lead answers
E: mercury
F: gold

A3 (a) Electrolysis/ passing electricity through it 1

(decomposition by strong heatingÆ Æ B.O.D)

Sec 1E Science Page 1 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
355
 (b) Sodium chloride is a compound which can be broken 1
down by chemical methods.
Sodium being an element cannot be broken down into 1
simpler substances by any methods.

(Others properties not accepted as the difference must

be applicable to all elements and compounds)

A4 (a) Displacement of water/ measuring cylinder method 1

Volume of metal= V-30 1
Density = M/(V-30) 1
(Award marks if student present it in words using the
given information “M”, “V” and “30”.
(as long as the “M”,”V” and “30” not used, minus
us 1 mark.

(b) Lower the object gently to avoid waterer from m splashing

spllas
a h 1
out/ reading at eye level/ prevent
ent para
parallax
all
llax
ax e
error/
rro
rr or/
ensure that the object is fully
ully submerged.
subm
bmmer
erge
ged.
ge d

(c) Tie the metal weight

ght too the styrofoam
sty
yroofo
foam
am block
block
ck and
and 1
immerse completely
pletely into
to the
t e water
th wa
wate
ter

A5 (a) Inappropriate
propri rriia
atte because
be
b eca
cauuse 1
steel has a high hg
hi gh
h density,
den nsi
sity
ty, aircrafts
aiirrcrafts should
sho
oul
uld
d be madmade
a e of
ad 1
relatively
rela
lla
ati
ati
tive
vely low
lo ow density
dens
de nsit
ity mate
ma
m
material
ate
t rial al such
al such as
as aluminium,
alummininiu
ium,
iu
which
whhic ich
ch ppr
provides
rov
o id des
es tthe
he
h e aircraft
aircraftt the
the buoyancy
th bu c to
cy to fly.
f y.
fl
o
or
Appropriate
A
Ap prropriatte as
p as 1
steel
st
steeeel isi strong
str
ttrron
ong andan
nd hardness,
ha
h ard
rdne
ness ss, hence
ss henc it is able to 1
withstand
wi
w itthhsttan
and the the high
th h gh pressure
hi pre
ress
ssu
ss ure a and forces when flying at
high
hi
ig
gh h sspeed/
pe
p eeed d/ able e to
to carry
ca
arry a heavy load.

(b) Inappropriate
Inap
Ina propopri
op riat
ri ate because
at bec wood is a poor conductor of 1
heat
att hence
henc
hen e it will take a long time for the food to be
cooked.
cook
co oked.
ok
A more
mo appropriate material will be steel as it is a good 1
conductor of heat and food will be cooked faster.

(c) Appropriate because 1

granite is strong and hard hence able to withstand 1
scratches and carry heavy load./
It is also a poor conductor of heat and feels cool when
walked on even on a hot day.

Sec 1E Science Page 2 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
356
 A6 (a) The function of the flagellum is for motility/ ability to move 1
without help for the cells.

(b) Cell X has characteristics of both animal and plant cell. 1

The absence of cell wall/ a large central vacuole 1

/presence of flagellum indicates the characteristics
of an animal cell.
1
The presence of chloroplasts indicates that it has
characteristic of a plant cell.

(c) Cell X contains chloroplasts which absorbs light 1

energy/ traps sunlight from the sun to make
ke food
fo
through photosynthesis.

(All key words must be present for marks

mark
ks to be
be awarded)
awarde
aw

A7 (a)

chalk
cha
alk

saltwater
sa
altwaterr
Correct
C rr
Cor ecect set-up;
set-up
se u ; 1
- PrProportion
P rrop
o ortiion
on ooff ffu
funnel
un
nnnel
e aand
nd m mouth
outh
ou th o
off flask must fit
- F Funnel
Fuunnell ttip
ip m
ip must
ustt be
us be ‘open’
‘op
op
open
pen
en’’
- -filt
-filter
ter
er paper
pap
aper
er (tip to bebe ‘closed’)
‘cllosed’
‘c
Correct
Co
Co
orr ecct label
rrrre lab
labeel for
or “chalk”;
fo “cha
“c halk
ha lk”; (residue
lk (re not accepted) 1
Correct
Co
Corr ect label
rrec labe forr “saltwater”;
el fo “saltw
“s (filtrate not accepted) 1

(b) (i)) Simp

Simple
mplele Distillation
Distilla 1
(ii)
ii) P: Thermometer 1m for 2
Q: distillation flask correct
R: Condenser
S: Distillate/ water
(iii) R condenses the water vapour into a liquid/water. 1
(All key words must be present for marks to be awarded)
A8 (a) The larger the volume of ice cubes, the longer the time 1
taken for it to melt.
(size of ice cube NOT accepted)
(Give marks as long as student make a connection using
volume and time)
(b) Volume of ice cubes 1
(c) Time taken for the ice to melt 1
(d) Time taken would increase. 1
B1 (a) (i) 10.02 cm 1

Sec 1E Science Page 3 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
357
 (ii) 10.02 x 10.02 x 10.02 = 1006.012 cm3 1 (ecf)
Density = 40/1006.012 1 (ecf)
= 0.0397 g/cm3 (3 s.f) 1(ecf)
(iii) It will float, the cube is less dense than the liquid. 1

(b) (i) Mass of iron = 0.01kg x 1000g

= 10 g
Volume of iron = 10/19.32
= 0.518 cm3 (3 s.f) 1
(ii) Mass of silver = 20g/1000g
= 0.02 kg
Volume of silver = 0.02/10500 1
= 0.0000019 m3
0.0000019 m x 1000000 cm3 = 1.90 cm3 (3 s.f)
3
f) 1

(award 1 mark as for working showing

ng unit conversion
conv
conve
nv ersio of
3
either massÆ0.02kg or density Æ 10.5 g/cm
g/c
/cm
m or volume
volum
Æ1.90 cm3)

(iii) Density of the necklace klace = (10 + 20 20)

0) / ((0
(0.518
0.5518 + 1.90)
1.9
90) 1(ecf)
3
= 12.4
12
1 2.44 g/cm
g/c
/cm (3
/cm ( s.f)
s.ff) 1(ecf)
(minus 1 mark for for whole
fo wholle question
quessttiion
on ifif answers
an nsw
wererss not
not in 3sf or missing
mi
units)
B2 (a) (i) 14
4 °C 1
(ii)) Increases
Incr
c ea
cr eases s with wiiith
w tth
h ttemperature
empe
em p rra
atu
ture
r 1
(iii)) Solubility
Soolu
l bi
billiity
ty of
of calcium
calc
calc
ca lciiu
um chloride de
d e increases
inc
n rer asess at at a slower
sllower rate 1
as compared
compar
co mpa
mp ed to
arrred
ed to potassium
potass
po ssiiu
ss um chloride.
cch
hllo
oride..
(b)
(b
b) ((i))
(i Increase
In
Incr
n rease
eaa the he
e temperature
tem
empe pera
rattu
ure
re of water/
wate
wa ter/
te r/ 1
Grind
Grriin
G nd the potassium
pota
po tassssiu um chloride
cch
hlooriide into
int
nto powder/
pow [any 1
Stir
St ir the
Stir e solution
sol
oluttio ion
on for 1m]
((ii)
(i i) Temperature:
T
Teemp
mpe errat
auurre:
e Increase
Inc
nccre
reas
ase
as e in
i tetemperature allow the solute 1
particles
pa
p es to spread
artticclle spre
sp read
re faster throughout the solvent.
ad fast
or
or
Size:
Size
ze Smaller pieces of solute have larger surface area
e: Sm
to volume
volum ratio in contact with solvent so it dissolves
faster.
faste
or
o
Stir: Stirring allows solute particles to spread evenly
throughout the solution at a faster rate.

(c) (i) Filter the mixture/ Filtration 1

Left it to stand for some time
Shine light through the mixture 1
[any 2 for 2 m]
(ii) Method Mixture A Mixture B
Filtration No residue left Residue left on
on the filter the filter paper 1
paper.

Sec 1E Science Page 4 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
358
 Left it to stand Solution remains Chalk powder 1
colourless and settled at the
homogenous bottom of the [any 1
mixture for 1m]
Shine light Light can be Light cannot be
through seen clearly seen clearly
(iii) Mixture B 1

B3 (a) (i) Solubility is the amount of solute that can dissolve in a 1

given volume of solvent at a given temperature.
(ii) Volume of water OR 2
mass of antacid used OR
(any 2
type/ brand of antacid OR correct)
type of solvent used OR
size of beaker
Not accepted: material of beaker/ location where wherere beaker
bea
is placed/temperature of water/ r/ particle
e size
size of
of antacid
antacid
(iii) Experiments 1 & 3 OR 1
Experiments 2 & 4;
(iv) The time taken for the e antacid
anntaaci
cid to
to dissolve
dis
iss
ss
soolve will
will be
be 1
lesser / it dissolve
dissollv
vee faste
faster.
ter
te
er.
The fasterr tthe
he rrate
he a e of
at of stirr
stirring,
rin
ing, the fastere tthe
he ra
rate
te of 1
dissolving;
dissolving ng;
ng
(b) (i)) Approximate
Appprrox
oximatte masss of of unknown
unnknk ow
own solid
solid
100 g x 4
10
= 100 1
= 400
00 g
40
Density
De
D n itity of unknown
ens
ens un
nkkno wn solid
nown sol
o iid
d
= 400
00 ÷ 500
40 50
00 1
= 0.8
0.8 g/ m3
g/ccm
g/cm
((ii)
(i i)) Float
Floa
Fl oat inin water
wat
ater as 1
density
density
en yooff th
the
e unkn
unknown solid is lower than the density 1
of water./
wat
ate
er.// density
den of water is higher than the density
of the
the unknown
unk solid.

B4 (a) - similarity:
s both are specialized cells/ both cells are 1
elongated/ have a nucleus
1
- difference: cell A has no cell wall while cell B has cell
wall/ cell A has many small vacuoles but cell B has a
large vacuole
(b) (i) A: cell wall 1
B: vacuole 1
(ii) - store water and nutrients for the cell to survive 1
(iii) - control movement of substances in and out of the cell 1
- plant may not be protected from its surroundings 1

Sec 1E Science Page 5 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
359
 (c) (i) soil 1

root hair cell

(arrow must start from soil and point into the root hair
cell)
(ii) - elongated shape to increase surface area-volume 1
ratio
- absorb more water/ easily 1

Sec 1E Science Page 6 of 6 USS MYE 2018

www.KiasuExamPaper.com
360
www.KiasuExamPaper.com
361